blob: 56b510d03abad536893507d3f5441975be3174dc [file] [log] [blame]
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001/*===-- clang-c/Index.h - Indexing Public C Interface -------------*- C -*-===*\
2|* *|
3|* The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure *|
4|* *|
5|* This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source *|
6|* License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. *|
7|* *|
8|*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*|
9|* *|
10|* This header provides a public interface to a Clang library for extracting *|
11|* high-level symbol information from source files without exposing the full *|
12|* Clang C++ API. *|
13|* *|
14\*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/
15
16#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
17#define LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
18
19#include <time.h>
20
21#include "clang-c/Platform.h"
22#include "clang-c/CXErrorCode.h"
23#include "clang-c/CXString.h"
24#include "clang-c/BuildSystem.h"
25
26/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +010027 * The version constants for the libclang API.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +010028 * CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR should increase when there are API additions.
29 * CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is intended for "major" source/ABI breaking changes.
30 *
31 * The policy about the libclang API was always to keep it source and ABI
32 * compatible, thus CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is expected to remain stable.
33 */
34#define CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR 0
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +010035#define CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR 50
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +010036
37#define CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor) ( \
38 ((major) * 10000) \
39 + ((minor) * 1))
40
41#define CINDEX_VERSION CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE( \
42 CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR, \
43 CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR )
44
45#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor) \
46 #major"."#minor
47#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE(major, minor) \
48 CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor)
49
50#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRING CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE( \
51 CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR, \
52 CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR)
53
54#ifdef __cplusplus
55extern "C" {
56#endif
57
58/** \defgroup CINDEX libclang: C Interface to Clang
59 *
60 * The C Interface to Clang provides a relatively small API that exposes
61 * facilities for parsing source code into an abstract syntax tree (AST),
62 * loading already-parsed ASTs, traversing the AST, associating
63 * physical source locations with elements within the AST, and other
64 * facilities that support Clang-based development tools.
65 *
66 * This C interface to Clang will never provide all of the information
67 * representation stored in Clang's C++ AST, nor should it: the intent is to
68 * maintain an API that is relatively stable from one release to the next,
69 * providing only the basic functionality needed to support development tools.
70 *
71 * To avoid namespace pollution, data types are prefixed with "CX" and
72 * functions are prefixed with "clang_".
73 *
74 * @{
75 */
76
77/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +010078 * An "index" that consists of a set of translation units that would
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +010079 * typically be linked together into an executable or library.
80 */
81typedef void *CXIndex;
82
83/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +010084 * An opaque type representing target information for a given translation
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +010085 * unit.
86 */
87typedef struct CXTargetInfoImpl *CXTargetInfo;
88
89/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +010090 * A single translation unit, which resides in an index.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +010091 */
92typedef struct CXTranslationUnitImpl *CXTranslationUnit;
93
94/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +010095 * Opaque pointer representing client data that will be passed through
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +010096 * to various callbacks and visitors.
97 */
98typedef void *CXClientData;
99
100/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100101 * Provides the contents of a file that has not yet been saved to disk.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100102 *
103 * Each CXUnsavedFile instance provides the name of a file on the
104 * system along with the current contents of that file that have not
105 * yet been saved to disk.
106 */
107struct CXUnsavedFile {
108 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100109 * The file whose contents have not yet been saved.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100110 *
111 * This file must already exist in the file system.
112 */
113 const char *Filename;
114
115 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100116 * A buffer containing the unsaved contents of this file.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100117 */
118 const char *Contents;
119
120 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100121 * The length of the unsaved contents of this buffer.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100122 */
123 unsigned long Length;
124};
125
126/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100127 * Describes the availability of a particular entity, which indicates
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100128 * whether the use of this entity will result in a warning or error due to
129 * it being deprecated or unavailable.
130 */
131enum CXAvailabilityKind {
132 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100133 * The entity is available.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100134 */
135 CXAvailability_Available,
136 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100137 * The entity is available, but has been deprecated (and its use is
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100138 * not recommended).
139 */
140 CXAvailability_Deprecated,
141 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100142 * The entity is not available; any use of it will be an error.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100143 */
144 CXAvailability_NotAvailable,
145 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100146 * The entity is available, but not accessible; any use of it will be
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100147 * an error.
148 */
149 CXAvailability_NotAccessible
150};
151
152/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100153 * Describes a version number of the form major.minor.subminor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100154 */
155typedef struct CXVersion {
156 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100157 * The major version number, e.g., the '10' in '10.7.3'. A negative
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100158 * value indicates that there is no version number at all.
159 */
160 int Major;
161 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100162 * The minor version number, e.g., the '7' in '10.7.3'. This value
163 * will be negative if no minor version number was provided, e.g., for
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100164 * version '10'.
165 */
166 int Minor;
167 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100168 * The subminor version number, e.g., the '3' in '10.7.3'. This value
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100169 * will be negative if no minor or subminor version number was provided,
170 * e.g., in version '10' or '10.7'.
171 */
172 int Subminor;
173} CXVersion;
174
175/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100176 * Describes the exception specification of a cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100177 *
178 * A negative value indicates that the cursor is not a function declaration.
179 */
180enum CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind {
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100181 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100182 * The cursor has no exception specification.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100183 */
184 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_None,
185
186 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100187 * The cursor has exception specification throw()
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100188 */
189 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_DynamicNone,
190
191 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100192 * The cursor has exception specification throw(T1, T2)
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100193 */
194 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Dynamic,
195
196 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100197 * The cursor has exception specification throw(...).
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100198 */
199 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_MSAny,
200
201 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100202 * The cursor has exception specification basic noexcept.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100203 */
204 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_BasicNoexcept,
205
206 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100207 * The cursor has exception specification computed noexcept.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100208 */
209 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_ComputedNoexcept,
210
211 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100212 * The exception specification has not yet been evaluated.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100213 */
214 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Unevaluated,
215
216 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100217 * The exception specification has not yet been instantiated.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100218 */
219 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Uninstantiated,
220
221 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100222 * The exception specification has not been parsed yet.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100223 */
224 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Unparsed
225};
226
227/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100228 * Provides a shared context for creating translation units.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100229 *
230 * It provides two options:
231 *
232 * - excludeDeclarationsFromPCH: When non-zero, allows enumeration of "local"
233 * declarations (when loading any new translation units). A "local" declaration
234 * is one that belongs in the translation unit itself and not in a precompiled
235 * header that was used by the translation unit. If zero, all declarations
236 * will be enumerated.
237 *
238 * Here is an example:
239 *
240 * \code
241 * // excludeDeclsFromPCH = 1, displayDiagnostics=1
242 * Idx = clang_createIndex(1, 1);
243 *
244 * // IndexTest.pch was produced with the following command:
245 * // "clang -x c IndexTest.h -emit-ast -o IndexTest.pch"
246 * TU = clang_createTranslationUnit(Idx, "IndexTest.pch");
247 *
248 * // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.pch'
249 * clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
250 * TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
251 * clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
252 *
253 * // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.c', excluding symbols
254 * // from 'IndexTest.pch'.
255 * char *args[] = { "-Xclang", "-include-pch=IndexTest.pch" };
256 * TU = clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(Idx, "IndexTest.c", 2, args,
257 * 0, 0);
258 * clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
259 * TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
260 * clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
261 * \endcode
262 *
263 * This process of creating the 'pch', loading it separately, and using it (via
264 * -include-pch) allows 'excludeDeclsFromPCH' to remove redundant callbacks
265 * (which gives the indexer the same performance benefit as the compiler).
266 */
267CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
268 int displayDiagnostics);
269
270/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100271 * Destroy the given index.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100272 *
273 * The index must not be destroyed until all of the translation units created
274 * within that index have been destroyed.
275 */
276CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex index);
277
278typedef enum {
279 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100280 * Used to indicate that no special CXIndex options are needed.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100281 */
282 CXGlobalOpt_None = 0x0,
283
284 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100285 * Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for indexing
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100286 * purposes should use background priority.
287 *
288 * Affects #clang_indexSourceFile, #clang_indexTranslationUnit,
289 * #clang_parseTranslationUnit, #clang_saveTranslationUnit.
290 */
291 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing = 0x1,
292
293 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100294 * Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for editing
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100295 * purposes should use background priority.
296 *
297 * Affects #clang_reparseTranslationUnit, #clang_codeCompleteAt,
298 * #clang_annotateTokens
299 */
300 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing = 0x2,
301
302 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100303 * Used to indicate that all threads that libclang creates should use
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100304 * background priority.
305 */
306 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForAll =
307 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing |
308 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing
309
310} CXGlobalOptFlags;
311
312/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100313 * Sets general options associated with a CXIndex.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100314 *
315 * For example:
316 * \code
317 * CXIndex idx = ...;
318 * clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(idx,
319 * clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(idx) |
320 * CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
321 * \endcode
322 *
323 * \param options A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags.
324 */
325CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex, unsigned options);
326
327/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100328 * Gets the general options associated with a CXIndex.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100329 *
330 * \returns A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags that
331 * are associated with the given CXIndex object.
332 */
333CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex);
334
335/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100336 * Sets the invocation emission path option in a CXIndex.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100337 *
338 * The invocation emission path specifies a path which will contain log
339 * files for certain libclang invocations. A null value (default) implies that
340 * libclang invocations are not logged..
341 */
342CINDEX_LINKAGE void
343clang_CXIndex_setInvocationEmissionPathOption(CXIndex, const char *Path);
344
345/**
346 * \defgroup CINDEX_FILES File manipulation routines
347 *
348 * @{
349 */
350
351/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100352 * A particular source file that is part of a translation unit.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100353 */
354typedef void *CXFile;
355
356/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100357 * Retrieve the complete file and path name of the given file.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100358 */
359CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile);
360
361/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100362 * Retrieve the last modification time of the given file.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100363 */
364CINDEX_LINKAGE time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile);
365
366/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100367 * Uniquely identifies a CXFile, that refers to the same underlying file,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100368 * across an indexing session.
369 */
370typedef struct {
371 unsigned long long data[3];
372} CXFileUniqueID;
373
374/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100375 * Retrieve the unique ID for the given \c file.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100376 *
377 * \param file the file to get the ID for.
378 * \param outID stores the returned CXFileUniqueID.
379 * \returns If there was a failure getting the unique ID, returns non-zero,
380 * otherwise returns 0.
381*/
382CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFileUniqueID(CXFile file, CXFileUniqueID *outID);
383
384/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100385 * Determine whether the given header is guarded against
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100386 * multiple inclusions, either with the conventional
387 * \#ifndef/\#define/\#endif macro guards or with \#pragma once.
388 */
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100389CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100390clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file);
391
392/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100393 * Retrieve a file handle within the given translation unit.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100394 *
395 * \param tu the translation unit
396 *
397 * \param file_name the name of the file.
398 *
399 * \returns the file handle for the named file in the translation unit \p tu,
400 * or a NULL file handle if the file was not a part of this translation unit.
401 */
402CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu,
403 const char *file_name);
404
405/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100406 * Retrieve the buffer associated with the given file.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100407 *
408 * \param tu the translation unit
409 *
410 * \param file the file for which to retrieve the buffer.
411 *
412 * \param size [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the size of the buffer.
413 *
414 * \returns a pointer to the buffer in memory that holds the contents of
415 * \p file, or a NULL pointer when the file is not loaded.
416 */
417CINDEX_LINKAGE const char *clang_getFileContents(CXTranslationUnit tu,
418 CXFile file, size_t *size);
419
420/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100421 * Returns non-zero if the \c file1 and \c file2 point to the same file,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100422 * or they are both NULL.
423 */
424CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_File_isEqual(CXFile file1, CXFile file2);
425
426/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100427 * Returns the real path name of \c file.
428 *
429 * An empty string may be returned. Use \c clang_getFileName() in that case.
430 */
431CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_File_tryGetRealPathName(CXFile file);
432
433/**
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100434 * @}
435 */
436
437/**
438 * \defgroup CINDEX_LOCATIONS Physical source locations
439 *
440 * Clang represents physical source locations in its abstract syntax tree in
441 * great detail, with file, line, and column information for the majority of
442 * the tokens parsed in the source code. These data types and functions are
443 * used to represent source location information, either for a particular
444 * point in the program or for a range of points in the program, and extract
445 * specific location information from those data types.
446 *
447 * @{
448 */
449
450/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100451 * Identifies a specific source location within a translation
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100452 * unit.
453 *
454 * Use clang_getExpansionLocation() or clang_getSpellingLocation()
455 * to map a source location to a particular file, line, and column.
456 */
457typedef struct {
458 const void *ptr_data[2];
459 unsigned int_data;
460} CXSourceLocation;
461
462/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100463 * Identifies a half-open character range in the source code.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100464 *
465 * Use clang_getRangeStart() and clang_getRangeEnd() to retrieve the
466 * starting and end locations from a source range, respectively.
467 */
468typedef struct {
469 const void *ptr_data[2];
470 unsigned begin_int_data;
471 unsigned end_int_data;
472} CXSourceRange;
473
474/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100475 * Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source location.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100476 */
477CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getNullLocation(void);
478
479/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100480 * Determine whether two source locations, which must refer into
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100481 * the same translation unit, refer to exactly the same point in the source
482 * code.
483 *
484 * \returns non-zero if the source locations refer to the same location, zero
485 * if they refer to different locations.
486 */
487CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalLocations(CXSourceLocation loc1,
488 CXSourceLocation loc2);
489
490/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100491 * Retrieves the source location associated with a given file/line/column
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100492 * in a particular translation unit.
493 */
494CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocation(CXTranslationUnit tu,
495 CXFile file,
496 unsigned line,
497 unsigned column);
498/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100499 * Retrieves the source location associated with a given character offset
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100500 * in a particular translation unit.
501 */
502CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocationForOffset(CXTranslationUnit tu,
503 CXFile file,
504 unsigned offset);
505
506/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100507 * Returns non-zero if the given source location is in a system header.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100508 */
509CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Location_isInSystemHeader(CXSourceLocation location);
510
511/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100512 * Returns non-zero if the given source location is in the main file of
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100513 * the corresponding translation unit.
514 */
515CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Location_isFromMainFile(CXSourceLocation location);
516
517/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100518 * Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source range.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100519 */
520CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getNullRange(void);
521
522/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100523 * Retrieve a source range given the beginning and ending source
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100524 * locations.
525 */
526CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getRange(CXSourceLocation begin,
527 CXSourceLocation end);
528
529/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100530 * Determine whether two ranges are equivalent.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100531 *
532 * \returns non-zero if the ranges are the same, zero if they differ.
533 */
534CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalRanges(CXSourceRange range1,
535 CXSourceRange range2);
536
537/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100538 * Returns non-zero if \p range is null.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100539 */
540CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Range_isNull(CXSourceRange range);
541
542/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100543 * Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100544 * the given source location.
545 *
546 * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
547 * location of the macro expansion.
548 *
549 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
550 * into its parts.
551 *
552 * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
553 * source location points.
554 *
555 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
556 * source location points.
557 *
558 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
559 * source location points.
560 *
561 * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
562 * buffer to which the given source location points.
563 */
564CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getExpansionLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
565 CXFile *file,
566 unsigned *line,
567 unsigned *column,
568 unsigned *offset);
569
570/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100571 * Retrieve the file, line and column represented by the given source
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100572 * location, as specified in a # line directive.
573 *
574 * Example: given the following source code in a file somefile.c
575 *
576 * \code
577 * #123 "dummy.c" 1
578 *
579 * static int func(void)
580 * {
581 * return 0;
582 * }
583 * \endcode
584 *
585 * the location information returned by this function would be
586 *
587 * File: dummy.c Line: 124 Column: 12
588 *
589 * whereas clang_getExpansionLocation would have returned
590 *
591 * File: somefile.c Line: 3 Column: 12
592 *
593 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
594 * into its parts.
595 *
596 * \param filename [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the filename of the
597 * source location. Note that filenames returned will be for "virtual" files,
598 * which don't necessarily exist on the machine running clang - e.g. when
599 * parsing preprocessed output obtained from a different environment. If
600 * a non-NULL value is passed in, remember to dispose of the returned value
601 * using \c clang_disposeString() once you've finished with it. For an invalid
602 * source location, an empty string is returned.
603 *
604 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line number of the
605 * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
606 *
607 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column number of the
608 * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
609 */
610CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getPresumedLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
611 CXString *filename,
612 unsigned *line,
613 unsigned *column);
614
615/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100616 * Legacy API to retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100617 * by the given source location.
618 *
619 * This interface has been replaced by the newer interface
620 * #clang_getExpansionLocation(). See that interface's documentation for
621 * details.
622 */
623CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInstantiationLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
624 CXFile *file,
625 unsigned *line,
626 unsigned *column,
627 unsigned *offset);
628
629/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100630 * Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100631 * the given source location.
632 *
633 * If the location refers into a macro instantiation, return where the
634 * location was originally spelled in the source file.
635 *
636 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
637 * into its parts.
638 *
639 * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
640 * source location points.
641 *
642 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
643 * source location points.
644 *
645 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
646 * source location points.
647 *
648 * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
649 * buffer to which the given source location points.
650 */
651CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getSpellingLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
652 CXFile *file,
653 unsigned *line,
654 unsigned *column,
655 unsigned *offset);
656
657/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100658 * Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100659 * the given source location.
660 *
661 * If the location refers into a macro expansion, return where the macro was
662 * expanded or where the macro argument was written, if the location points at
663 * a macro argument.
664 *
665 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
666 * into its parts.
667 *
668 * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
669 * source location points.
670 *
671 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
672 * source location points.
673 *
674 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
675 * source location points.
676 *
677 * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
678 * buffer to which the given source location points.
679 */
680CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getFileLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
681 CXFile *file,
682 unsigned *line,
683 unsigned *column,
684 unsigned *offset);
685
686/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100687 * Retrieve a source location representing the first character within a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100688 * source range.
689 */
690CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeStart(CXSourceRange range);
691
692/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100693 * Retrieve a source location representing the last character within a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100694 * source range.
695 */
696CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeEnd(CXSourceRange range);
697
698/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100699 * Identifies an array of ranges.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100700 */
701typedef struct {
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100702 /** The number of ranges in the \c ranges array. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100703 unsigned count;
704 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100705 * An array of \c CXSourceRanges.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100706 */
707 CXSourceRange *ranges;
708} CXSourceRangeList;
709
710/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100711 * Retrieve all ranges that were skipped by the preprocessor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100712 *
713 * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
714 * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
715 */
716CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList *clang_getSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu,
717 CXFile file);
718
719/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100720 * Retrieve all ranges from all files that were skipped by the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100721 * preprocessor.
722 *
723 * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
724 * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
725 */
726CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList *clang_getAllSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu);
727
728/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100729 * Destroy the given \c CXSourceRangeList.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100730 */
731CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeSourceRangeList(CXSourceRangeList *ranges);
732
733/**
734 * @}
735 */
736
737/**
738 * \defgroup CINDEX_DIAG Diagnostic reporting
739 *
740 * @{
741 */
742
743/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100744 * Describes the severity of a particular diagnostic.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100745 */
746enum CXDiagnosticSeverity {
747 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100748 * A diagnostic that has been suppressed, e.g., by a command-line
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100749 * option.
750 */
751 CXDiagnostic_Ignored = 0,
752
753 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100754 * This diagnostic is a note that should be attached to the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100755 * previous (non-note) diagnostic.
756 */
757 CXDiagnostic_Note = 1,
758
759 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100760 * This diagnostic indicates suspicious code that may not be
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100761 * wrong.
762 */
763 CXDiagnostic_Warning = 2,
764
765 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100766 * This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100767 */
768 CXDiagnostic_Error = 3,
769
770 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100771 * This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed such
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100772 * that future parser recovery is unlikely to produce useful
773 * results.
774 */
775 CXDiagnostic_Fatal = 4
776};
777
778/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100779 * A single diagnostic, containing the diagnostic's severity,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100780 * location, text, source ranges, and fix-it hints.
781 */
782typedef void *CXDiagnostic;
783
784/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100785 * A group of CXDiagnostics.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100786 */
787typedef void *CXDiagnosticSet;
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100788
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100789/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100790 * Determine the number of diagnostics in a CXDiagnosticSet.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100791 */
792CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnosticsInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
793
794/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100795 * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given CXDiagnosticSet.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100796 *
797 * \param Diags the CXDiagnosticSet to query.
798 * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
799 *
800 * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
801 * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
802 */
803CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnosticInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100804 unsigned Index);
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100805
806/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100807 * Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100808 * \c clang_loadDiagnostics.
809 */
810enum CXLoadDiag_Error {
811 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100812 * Indicates that no error occurred.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100813 */
814 CXLoadDiag_None = 0,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100815
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100816 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100817 * Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100818 * deserialize diagnostics.
819 */
820 CXLoadDiag_Unknown = 1,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100821
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100822 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100823 * Indicates that the file containing the serialized diagnostics
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100824 * could not be opened.
825 */
826 CXLoadDiag_CannotLoad = 2,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100827
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100828 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100829 * Indicates that the serialized diagnostics file is invalid or
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100830 * corrupt.
831 */
832 CXLoadDiag_InvalidFile = 3
833};
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100834
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100835/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100836 * Deserialize a set of diagnostics from a Clang diagnostics bitcode
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100837 * file.
838 *
839 * \param file The name of the file to deserialize.
840 * \param error A pointer to a enum value recording if there was a problem
841 * deserializing the diagnostics.
842 * \param errorString A pointer to a CXString for recording the error string
843 * if the file was not successfully loaded.
844 *
845 * \returns A loaded CXDiagnosticSet if successful, and NULL otherwise. These
846 * diagnostics should be released using clang_disposeDiagnosticSet().
847 */
848CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_loadDiagnostics(const char *file,
849 enum CXLoadDiag_Error *error,
850 CXString *errorString);
851
852/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100853 * Release a CXDiagnosticSet and all of its contained diagnostics.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100854 */
855CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnosticSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
856
857/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100858 * Retrieve the child diagnostics of a CXDiagnostic.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100859 *
860 * This CXDiagnosticSet does not need to be released by
861 * clang_disposeDiagnosticSet.
862 */
863CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_getChildDiagnostics(CXDiagnostic D);
864
865/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100866 * Determine the number of diagnostics produced for the given
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100867 * translation unit.
868 */
869CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnostics(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
870
871/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100872 * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given translation unit.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100873 *
874 * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
875 * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
876 *
877 * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
878 * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
879 */
880CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnostic(CXTranslationUnit Unit,
881 unsigned Index);
882
883/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100884 * Retrieve the complete set of diagnostics associated with a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100885 * translation unit.
886 *
887 * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
888 */
889CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100890 clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100891
892/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100893 * Destroy a diagnostic.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100894 */
895CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
896
897/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100898 * Options to control the display of diagnostics.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100899 *
900 * The values in this enum are meant to be combined to customize the
901 * behavior of \c clang_formatDiagnostic().
902 */
903enum CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions {
904 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100905 * Display the source-location information where the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100906 * diagnostic was located.
907 *
908 * When set, diagnostics will be prefixed by the file, line, and
909 * (optionally) column to which the diagnostic refers. For example,
910 *
911 * \code
912 * test.c:28: warning: extra tokens at end of #endif directive
913 * \endcode
914 *
915 * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-source-location.
916 */
917 CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceLocation = 0x01,
918
919 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100920 * If displaying the source-location information of the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100921 * diagnostic, also include the column number.
922 *
923 * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-column.
924 */
925 CXDiagnostic_DisplayColumn = 0x02,
926
927 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100928 * If displaying the source-location information of the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100929 * diagnostic, also include information about source ranges in a
930 * machine-parsable format.
931 *
932 * This option corresponds to the clang flag
933 * \c -fdiagnostics-print-source-range-info.
934 */
935 CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceRanges = 0x04,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100936
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100937 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100938 * Display the option name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100939 *
940 * The option name displayed (e.g., -Wconversion) will be placed in brackets
941 * after the diagnostic text. This option corresponds to the clang flag
942 * \c -fdiagnostics-show-option.
943 */
944 CXDiagnostic_DisplayOption = 0x08,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100945
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100946 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100947 * Display the category number associated with this diagnostic, if any.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100948 *
949 * The category number is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100950 * This option corresponds to the clang flag
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100951 * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=id.
952 */
953 CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryId = 0x10,
954
955 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100956 * Display the category name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100957 *
958 * The category name is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100959 * This option corresponds to the clang flag
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100960 * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=name.
961 */
962 CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryName = 0x20
963};
964
965/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100966 * Format the given diagnostic in a manner that is suitable for display.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100967 *
968 * This routine will format the given diagnostic to a string, rendering
969 * the diagnostic according to the various options given. The
970 * \c clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions() function returns the set of
971 * options that most closely mimics the behavior of the clang compiler.
972 *
973 * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic to print.
974 *
975 * \param Options A set of options that control the diagnostic display,
976 * created by combining \c CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions values.
977 *
978 * \returns A new string containing for formatted diagnostic.
979 */
980CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_formatDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
981 unsigned Options);
982
983/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100984 * Retrieve the set of display options most similar to the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100985 * default behavior of the clang compiler.
986 *
987 * \returns A set of display options suitable for use with \c
988 * clang_formatDiagnostic().
989 */
990CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions(void);
991
992/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100993 * Determine the severity of the given diagnostic.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +0100994 */
995CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXDiagnosticSeverity
996clang_getDiagnosticSeverity(CXDiagnostic);
997
998/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +0100999 * Retrieve the source location of the given diagnostic.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001000 *
1001 * This location is where Clang would print the caret ('^') when
1002 * displaying the diagnostic on the command line.
1003 */
1004CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getDiagnosticLocation(CXDiagnostic);
1005
1006/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001007 * Retrieve the text of the given diagnostic.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001008 */
1009CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticSpelling(CXDiagnostic);
1010
1011/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001012 * Retrieve the name of the command-line option that enabled this
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001013 * diagnostic.
1014 *
1015 * \param Diag The diagnostic to be queried.
1016 *
1017 * \param Disable If non-NULL, will be set to the option that disables this
1018 * diagnostic (if any).
1019 *
1020 * \returns A string that contains the command-line option used to enable this
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001021 * warning, such as "-Wconversion" or "-pedantic".
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001022 */
1023CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticOption(CXDiagnostic Diag,
1024 CXString *Disable);
1025
1026/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001027 * Retrieve the category number for this diagnostic.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001028 *
1029 * Diagnostics can be categorized into groups along with other, related
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001030 * diagnostics (e.g., diagnostics under the same warning flag). This routine
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001031 * retrieves the category number for the given diagnostic.
1032 *
1033 * \returns The number of the category that contains this diagnostic, or zero
1034 * if this diagnostic is uncategorized.
1035 */
1036CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticCategory(CXDiagnostic);
1037
1038/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001039 * Retrieve the name of a particular diagnostic category. This
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001040 * is now deprecated. Use clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText()
1041 * instead.
1042 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001043 * \param Category A diagnostic category number, as returned by
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001044 * \c clang_getDiagnosticCategory().
1045 *
1046 * \returns The name of the given diagnostic category.
1047 */
1048CINDEX_DEPRECATED CINDEX_LINKAGE
1049CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryName(unsigned Category);
1050
1051/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001052 * Retrieve the diagnostic category text for a given diagnostic.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001053 *
1054 * \returns The text of the given diagnostic category.
1055 */
1056CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText(CXDiagnostic);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001057
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001058/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001059 * Determine the number of source ranges associated with the given
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001060 * diagnostic.
1061 */
1062CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumRanges(CXDiagnostic);
1063
1064/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001065 * Retrieve a source range associated with the diagnostic.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001066 *
1067 * A diagnostic's source ranges highlight important elements in the source
1068 * code. On the command line, Clang displays source ranges by
1069 * underlining them with '~' characters.
1070 *
1071 * \param Diagnostic the diagnostic whose range is being extracted.
1072 *
1073 * \param Range the zero-based index specifying which range to
1074 *
1075 * \returns the requested source range.
1076 */
1077CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getDiagnosticRange(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
1078 unsigned Range);
1079
1080/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001081 * Determine the number of fix-it hints associated with the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001082 * given diagnostic.
1083 */
1084CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumFixIts(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
1085
1086/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001087 * Retrieve the replacement information for a given fix-it.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001088 *
1089 * Fix-its are described in terms of a source range whose contents
1090 * should be replaced by a string. This approach generalizes over
1091 * three kinds of operations: removal of source code (the range covers
1092 * the code to be removed and the replacement string is empty),
1093 * replacement of source code (the range covers the code to be
1094 * replaced and the replacement string provides the new code), and
1095 * insertion (both the start and end of the range point at the
1096 * insertion location, and the replacement string provides the text to
1097 * insert).
1098 *
1099 * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic whose fix-its are being queried.
1100 *
1101 * \param FixIt The zero-based index of the fix-it.
1102 *
1103 * \param ReplacementRange The source range whose contents will be
1104 * replaced with the returned replacement string. Note that source
1105 * ranges are half-open ranges [a, b), so the source code should be
1106 * replaced from a and up to (but not including) b.
1107 *
1108 * \returns A string containing text that should be replace the source
1109 * code indicated by the \c ReplacementRange.
1110 */
1111CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticFixIt(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
1112 unsigned FixIt,
1113 CXSourceRange *ReplacementRange);
1114
1115/**
1116 * @}
1117 */
1118
1119/**
1120 * \defgroup CINDEX_TRANSLATION_UNIT Translation unit manipulation
1121 *
1122 * The routines in this group provide the ability to create and destroy
1123 * translation units from files, either by parsing the contents of the files or
1124 * by reading in a serialized representation of a translation unit.
1125 *
1126 * @{
1127 */
1128
1129/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001130 * Get the original translation unit source file name.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001131 */
1132CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
1133clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit);
1134
1135/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001136 * Return the CXTranslationUnit for a given source file and the provided
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001137 * command line arguments one would pass to the compiler.
1138 *
1139 * Note: The 'source_filename' argument is optional. If the caller provides a
1140 * NULL pointer, the name of the source file is expected to reside in the
1141 * specified command line arguments.
1142 *
1143 * Note: When encountered in 'clang_command_line_args', the following options
1144 * are ignored:
1145 *
1146 * '-c'
1147 * '-emit-ast'
1148 * '-fsyntax-only'
1149 * '-o \<output file>' (both '-o' and '\<output file>' are ignored)
1150 *
1151 * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
1152 * associated.
1153 *
1154 * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
1155 * source file is included in \p clang_command_line_args.
1156 *
1157 * \param num_clang_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
1158 * \p clang_command_line_args.
1159 *
1160 * \param clang_command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
1161 * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
1162 * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
1163 * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
1164 * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
1165 *
1166 * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
1167 * unsaved_files.
1168 *
1169 * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
1170 * but may be required for code completion, including the contents of
1171 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1172 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1173 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
1174 */
1175CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(
1176 CXIndex CIdx,
1177 const char *source_filename,
1178 int num_clang_command_line_args,
1179 const char * const *clang_command_line_args,
1180 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1181 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files);
1182
1183/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001184 * Same as \c clang_createTranslationUnit2, but returns
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001185 * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code. In case of an error this
1186 * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
1187 * error codes.
1188 */
1189CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(
1190 CXIndex CIdx,
1191 const char *ast_filename);
1192
1193/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001194 * Create a translation unit from an AST file (\c -emit-ast).
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001195 *
1196 * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
1197 * \c CXTranslationUnit.
1198 *
1199 * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
1200 */
1201CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_createTranslationUnit2(
1202 CXIndex CIdx,
1203 const char *ast_filename,
1204 CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1205
1206/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001207 * Flags that control the creation of translation units.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001208 *
1209 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1210 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1211 * constructing the translation unit.
1212 */
1213enum CXTranslationUnit_Flags {
1214 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001215 * Used to indicate that no special translation-unit options are
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001216 * needed.
1217 */
1218 CXTranslationUnit_None = 0x0,
1219
1220 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001221 * Used to indicate that the parser should construct a "detailed"
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001222 * preprocessing record, including all macro definitions and instantiations.
1223 *
1224 * Constructing a detailed preprocessing record requires more memory
1225 * and time to parse, since the information contained in the record
1226 * is usually not retained. However, it can be useful for
1227 * applications that require more detailed information about the
1228 * behavior of the preprocessor.
1229 */
1230 CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord = 0x01,
1231
1232 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001233 * Used to indicate that the translation unit is incomplete.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001234 *
1235 * When a translation unit is considered "incomplete", semantic
1236 * analysis that is typically performed at the end of the
1237 * translation unit will be suppressed. For example, this suppresses
1238 * the completion of tentative declarations in C and of
1239 * instantiation of implicitly-instantiation function templates in
1240 * C++. This option is typically used when parsing a header with the
1241 * intent of producing a precompiled header.
1242 */
1243 CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete = 0x02,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001244
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001245 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001246 * Used to indicate that the translation unit should be built with an
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001247 * implicit precompiled header for the preamble.
1248 *
1249 * An implicit precompiled header is used as an optimization when a
1250 * particular translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times
1251 * when the sources aren't changing that often. In this case, an
1252 * implicit precompiled header will be built containing all of the
1253 * initial includes at the top of the main file (what we refer to as
1254 * the "preamble" of the file). In subsequent parses, if the
1255 * preamble or the files in it have not changed, \c
1256 * clang_reparseTranslationUnit() will re-use the implicit
1257 * precompiled header to improve parsing performance.
1258 */
1259 CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble = 0x04,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001260
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001261 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001262 * Used to indicate that the translation unit should cache some
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001263 * code-completion results with each reparse of the source file.
1264 *
1265 * Caching of code-completion results is a performance optimization that
1266 * introduces some overhead to reparsing but improves the performance of
1267 * code-completion operations.
1268 */
1269 CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults = 0x08,
1270
1271 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001272 * Used to indicate that the translation unit will be serialized with
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001273 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit.
1274 *
1275 * This option is typically used when parsing a header with the intent of
1276 * producing a precompiled header.
1277 */
1278 CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization = 0x10,
1279
1280 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001281 * DEPRECATED: Enabled chained precompiled preambles in C++.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001282 *
1283 * Note: this is a *temporary* option that is available only while
1284 * we are testing C++ precompiled preamble support. It is deprecated.
1285 */
1286 CXTranslationUnit_CXXChainedPCH = 0x20,
1287
1288 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001289 * Used to indicate that function/method bodies should be skipped while
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001290 * parsing.
1291 *
1292 * This option can be used to search for declarations/definitions while
1293 * ignoring the usages.
1294 */
1295 CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies = 0x40,
1296
1297 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001298 * Used to indicate that brief documentation comments should be
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001299 * included into the set of code completions returned from this translation
1300 * unit.
1301 */
1302 CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion = 0x80,
1303
1304 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001305 * Used to indicate that the precompiled preamble should be created on
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001306 * the first parse. Otherwise it will be created on the first reparse. This
1307 * trades runtime on the first parse (serializing the preamble takes time) for
1308 * reduced runtime on the second parse (can now reuse the preamble).
1309 */
1310 CXTranslationUnit_CreatePreambleOnFirstParse = 0x100,
1311
1312 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001313 * Do not stop processing when fatal errors are encountered.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001314 *
1315 * When fatal errors are encountered while parsing a translation unit,
1316 * semantic analysis is typically stopped early when compiling code. A common
1317 * source for fatal errors are unresolvable include files. For the
1318 * purposes of an IDE, this is undesirable behavior and as much information
1319 * as possible should be reported. Use this flag to enable this behavior.
1320 */
1321 CXTranslationUnit_KeepGoing = 0x200,
1322
1323 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001324 * Sets the preprocessor in a mode for parsing a single file only.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001325 */
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001326 CXTranslationUnit_SingleFileParse = 0x400,
1327
1328 /**
1329 * Used in combination with CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies to
1330 * constrain the skipping of function bodies to the preamble.
1331 *
1332 * The function bodies of the main file are not skipped.
1333 */
1334 CXTranslationUnit_LimitSkipFunctionBodiesToPreamble = 0x800,
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Used to indicate that attributed types should be included in CXType.
1338 */
1339 CXTranslationUnit_IncludeAttributedTypes = 0x1000,
1340
1341 /**
1342 * Used to indicate that implicit attributes should be visited.
1343 */
1344 CXTranslationUnit_VisitImplicitAttributes = 0x2000
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001345};
1346
1347/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001348 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for parsing a translation
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001349 * unit that is being edited.
1350 *
1351 * The set of flags returned provide options for \c clang_parseTranslationUnit()
1352 * to indicate that the translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times,
1353 * either explicitly (via \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit()) or implicitly
1354 * (e.g., by code completion (\c clang_codeCompletionAt())). The returned flag
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001355 * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations (e.g., the precompiled
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001356 * preamble) geared toward improving the performance of these routines. The
1357 * set of optimizations enabled may change from one version to the next.
1358 */
1359CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions(void);
1360
1361/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001362 * Same as \c clang_parseTranslationUnit2, but returns
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001363 * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code. In case of an error this
1364 * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
1365 * error codes.
1366 */
1367CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit
1368clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
1369 const char *source_filename,
1370 const char *const *command_line_args,
1371 int num_command_line_args,
1372 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1373 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1374 unsigned options);
1375
1376/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001377 * Parse the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001378 * to that file.
1379 *
1380 * This routine is the main entry point for the Clang C API, providing the
1381 * ability to parse a source file into a translation unit that can then be
1382 * queried by other functions in the API. This routine accepts a set of
1383 * command-line arguments so that the compilation can be configured in the same
1384 * way that the compiler is configured on the command line.
1385 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001386 * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001387 * associated.
1388 *
1389 * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
1390 * source file is included in \c command_line_args.
1391 *
1392 * \param command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
1393 * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
1394 * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001395 * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001396 * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
1397 *
1398 * \param num_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
1399 * \c command_line_args.
1400 *
1401 * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
1402 * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
1403 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1404 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1405 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
1406 *
1407 * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
1408 * unsaved_files.
1409 *
1410 * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
1411 * is managed but not its compilation. This should be a bitwise OR of the
1412 * CXTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
1413 *
1414 * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
1415 * \c CXTranslationUnit, describing the parsed code and containing any
1416 * diagnostics produced by the compiler.
1417 *
1418 * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
1419 */
1420CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode
1421clang_parseTranslationUnit2(CXIndex CIdx,
1422 const char *source_filename,
1423 const char *const *command_line_args,
1424 int num_command_line_args,
1425 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1426 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1427 unsigned options,
1428 CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1429
1430/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001431 * Same as clang_parseTranslationUnit2 but requires a full command line
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001432 * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
1433 * library paths are relative to the binary.
1434 */
1435CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2FullArgv(
1436 CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
1437 const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
1438 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1439 unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1440
1441/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001442 * Flags that control how translation units are saved.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001443 *
1444 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1445 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1446 * saving the translation unit.
1447 */
1448enum CXSaveTranslationUnit_Flags {
1449 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001450 * Used to indicate that no special saving options are needed.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001451 */
1452 CXSaveTranslationUnit_None = 0x0
1453};
1454
1455/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001456 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for saving a translation
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001457 * unit.
1458 *
1459 * The set of flags returned provide options for
1460 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
1461 * set contains an unspecified set of options that save translation units with
1462 * the most commonly-requested data.
1463 */
1464CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1465
1466/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001467 * Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001468 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit().
1469 */
1470enum CXSaveError {
1471 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001472 * Indicates that no error occurred while saving a translation unit.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001473 */
1474 CXSaveError_None = 0,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001475
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001476 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001477 * Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to save
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001478 * the file.
1479 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001480 * This error typically indicates that file I/O failed when attempting to
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001481 * write the file.
1482 */
1483 CXSaveError_Unknown = 1,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001484
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001485 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001486 * Indicates that errors during translation prevented this attempt
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001487 * to save the translation unit.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001488 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001489 * Errors that prevent the translation unit from being saved can be
1490 * extracted using \c clang_getNumDiagnostics() and \c clang_getDiagnostic().
1491 */
1492 CXSaveError_TranslationErrors = 2,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001493
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001494 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001495 * Indicates that the translation unit to be saved was somehow
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001496 * invalid (e.g., NULL).
1497 */
1498 CXSaveError_InvalidTU = 3
1499};
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001500
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001501/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001502 * Saves a translation unit into a serialized representation of
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001503 * that translation unit on disk.
1504 *
1505 * Any translation unit that was parsed without error can be saved
1506 * into a file. The translation unit can then be deserialized into a
1507 * new \c CXTranslationUnit with \c clang_createTranslationUnit() or,
1508 * if it is an incomplete translation unit that corresponds to a
1509 * header, used as a precompiled header when parsing other translation
1510 * units.
1511 *
1512 * \param TU The translation unit to save.
1513 *
1514 * \param FileName The file to which the translation unit will be saved.
1515 *
1516 * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
1517 * is saved. This should be a bitwise OR of the
1518 * CXSaveTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
1519 *
1520 * \returns A value that will match one of the enumerators of the CXSaveError
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001521 * enumeration. Zero (CXSaveError_None) indicates that the translation unit was
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001522 * saved successfully, while a non-zero value indicates that a problem occurred.
1523 */
1524CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
1525 const char *FileName,
1526 unsigned options);
1527
1528/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001529 * Suspend a translation unit in order to free memory associated with it.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001530 *
1531 * A suspended translation unit uses significantly less memory but on the other
1532 * side does not support any other calls than \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit
1533 * to resume it or \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit to dispose it completely.
1534 */
1535CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_suspendTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit);
1536
1537/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001538 * Destroy the specified CXTranslationUnit object.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001539 */
1540CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit);
1541
1542/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001543 * Flags that control the reparsing of translation units.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001544 *
1545 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1546 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1547 * reparsing the translation unit.
1548 */
1549enum CXReparse_Flags {
1550 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001551 * Used to indicate that no special reparsing options are needed.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001552 */
1553 CXReparse_None = 0x0
1554};
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001555
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001556/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001557 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for reparsing a translation
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001558 * unit.
1559 *
1560 * The set of flags returned provide options for
1561 * \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
1562 * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations geared toward common uses
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001563 * of reparsing. The set of optimizations enabled may change from one version
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001564 * to the next.
1565 */
1566CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1567
1568/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001569 * Reparse the source files that produced this translation unit.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001570 *
1571 * This routine can be used to re-parse the source files that originally
1572 * created the given translation unit, for example because those source files
1573 * have changed (either on disk or as passed via \p unsaved_files). The
1574 * source code will be reparsed with the same command-line options as it
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001575 * was originally parsed.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001576 *
1577 * Reparsing a translation unit invalidates all cursors and source locations
1578 * that refer into that translation unit. This makes reparsing a translation
1579 * unit semantically equivalent to destroying the translation unit and then
1580 * creating a new translation unit with the same command-line arguments.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001581 * However, it may be more efficient to reparse a translation
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001582 * unit using this routine.
1583 *
1584 * \param TU The translation unit whose contents will be re-parsed. The
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001585 * translation unit must originally have been built with
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001586 * \c clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile().
1587 *
1588 * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
1589 * unsaved_files.
1590 *
1591 * \param unsaved_files The files that have not yet been saved to disk
1592 * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
1593 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1594 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1595 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001596 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001597 * \param options A bitset of options composed of the flags in CXReparse_Flags.
1598 * The function \c clang_defaultReparseOptions() produces a default set of
1599 * options recommended for most uses, based on the translation unit.
1600 *
1601 * \returns 0 if the sources could be reparsed. A non-zero error code will be
1602 * returned if reparsing was impossible, such that the translation unit is
1603 * invalid. In such cases, the only valid call for \c TU is
1604 * \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU). The error codes returned by this
1605 * routine are described by the \c CXErrorCode enum.
1606 */
1607CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
1608 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1609 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1610 unsigned options);
1611
1612/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001613 * Categorizes how memory is being used by a translation unit.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001614 */
1615enum CXTUResourceUsageKind {
1616 CXTUResourceUsage_AST = 1,
1617 CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers = 2,
1618 CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors = 3,
1619 CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults = 4,
1620 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache = 5,
1621 CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables = 6,
1622 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc = 7,
1623 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap = 8,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001624 CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc = 9,
1625 CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap = 10,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001626 CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor = 11,
1627 CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord = 12,
1628 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures = 13,
1629 CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch = 14,
1630 CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_BEGIN = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
1631 CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_END =
1632 CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch,
1633
1634 CXTUResourceUsage_First = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
1635 CXTUResourceUsage_Last = CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch
1636};
1637
1638/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001639 * Returns the human-readable null-terminated C string that represents
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001640 * the name of the memory category. This string should never be freed.
1641 */
1642CINDEX_LINKAGE
1643const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind);
1644
1645typedef struct CXTUResourceUsageEntry {
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001646 /* The memory usage category. */
1647 enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind;
1648 /* Amount of resources used.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001649 The units will depend on the resource kind. */
1650 unsigned long amount;
1651} CXTUResourceUsageEntry;
1652
1653/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001654 * The memory usage of a CXTranslationUnit, broken into categories.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001655 */
1656typedef struct CXTUResourceUsage {
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001657 /* Private data member, used for queries. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001658 void *data;
1659
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001660 /* The number of entries in the 'entries' array. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001661 unsigned numEntries;
1662
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001663 /* An array of key-value pairs, representing the breakdown of memory
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001664 usage. */
1665 CXTUResourceUsageEntry *entries;
1666
1667} CXTUResourceUsage;
1668
1669/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001670 * Return the memory usage of a translation unit. This object
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001671 * should be released with clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage().
1672 */
1673CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1674
1675CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage);
1676
1677/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001678 * Get target information for this translation unit.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001679 *
1680 * The CXTargetInfo object cannot outlive the CXTranslationUnit object.
1681 */
1682CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTargetInfo
1683clang_getTranslationUnitTargetInfo(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit);
1684
1685/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001686 * Destroy the CXTargetInfo object.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001687 */
1688CINDEX_LINKAGE void
1689clang_TargetInfo_dispose(CXTargetInfo Info);
1690
1691/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001692 * Get the normalized target triple as a string.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001693 *
1694 * Returns the empty string in case of any error.
1695 */
1696CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
1697clang_TargetInfo_getTriple(CXTargetInfo Info);
1698
1699/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001700 * Get the pointer width of the target in bits.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001701 *
1702 * Returns -1 in case of error.
1703 */
1704CINDEX_LINKAGE int
1705clang_TargetInfo_getPointerWidth(CXTargetInfo Info);
1706
1707/**
1708 * @}
1709 */
1710
1711/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001712 * Describes the kind of entity that a cursor refers to.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001713 */
1714enum CXCursorKind {
1715 /* Declarations */
1716 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001717 * A declaration whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001718 * interface.
1719 *
1720 * Unexposed declarations have the same operations as any other kind
1721 * of declaration; one can extract their location information,
1722 * spelling, find their definitions, etc. However, the specific kind
1723 * of the declaration is not reported.
1724 */
1725 CXCursor_UnexposedDecl = 1,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001726 /** A C or C++ struct. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001727 CXCursor_StructDecl = 2,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001728 /** A C or C++ union. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001729 CXCursor_UnionDecl = 3,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001730 /** A C++ class. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001731 CXCursor_ClassDecl = 4,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001732 /** An enumeration. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001733 CXCursor_EnumDecl = 5,
1734 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001735 * A field (in C) or non-static data member (in C++) in a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001736 * struct, union, or C++ class.
1737 */
1738 CXCursor_FieldDecl = 6,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001739 /** An enumerator constant. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001740 CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl = 7,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001741 /** A function. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001742 CXCursor_FunctionDecl = 8,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001743 /** A variable. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001744 CXCursor_VarDecl = 9,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001745 /** A function or method parameter. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001746 CXCursor_ParmDecl = 10,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001747 /** An Objective-C \@interface. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001748 CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl = 11,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001749 /** An Objective-C \@interface for a category. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001750 CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl = 12,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001751 /** An Objective-C \@protocol declaration. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001752 CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl = 13,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001753 /** An Objective-C \@property declaration. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001754 CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl = 14,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001755 /** An Objective-C instance variable. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001756 CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl = 15,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001757 /** An Objective-C instance method. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001758 CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl = 16,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001759 /** An Objective-C class method. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001760 CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl = 17,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001761 /** An Objective-C \@implementation. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001762 CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl = 18,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001763 /** An Objective-C \@implementation for a category. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001764 CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl = 19,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001765 /** A typedef. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001766 CXCursor_TypedefDecl = 20,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001767 /** A C++ class method. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001768 CXCursor_CXXMethod = 21,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001769 /** A C++ namespace. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001770 CXCursor_Namespace = 22,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001771 /** A linkage specification, e.g. 'extern "C"'. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001772 CXCursor_LinkageSpec = 23,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001773 /** A C++ constructor. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001774 CXCursor_Constructor = 24,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001775 /** A C++ destructor. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001776 CXCursor_Destructor = 25,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001777 /** A C++ conversion function. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001778 CXCursor_ConversionFunction = 26,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001779 /** A C++ template type parameter. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001780 CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter = 27,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001781 /** A C++ non-type template parameter. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001782 CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter = 28,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001783 /** A C++ template template parameter. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001784 CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter = 29,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001785 /** A C++ function template. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001786 CXCursor_FunctionTemplate = 30,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001787 /** A C++ class template. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001788 CXCursor_ClassTemplate = 31,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001789 /** A C++ class template partial specialization. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001790 CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization = 32,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001791 /** A C++ namespace alias declaration. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001792 CXCursor_NamespaceAlias = 33,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001793 /** A C++ using directive. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001794 CXCursor_UsingDirective = 34,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001795 /** A C++ using declaration. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001796 CXCursor_UsingDeclaration = 35,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001797 /** A C++ alias declaration */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001798 CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl = 36,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001799 /** An Objective-C \@synthesize definition. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001800 CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl = 37,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001801 /** An Objective-C \@dynamic definition. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001802 CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl = 38,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001803 /** An access specifier. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001804 CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier = 39,
1805
1806 CXCursor_FirstDecl = CXCursor_UnexposedDecl,
1807 CXCursor_LastDecl = CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier,
1808
1809 /* References */
1810 CXCursor_FirstRef = 40, /* Decl references */
1811 CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef = 40,
1812 CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef = 41,
1813 CXCursor_ObjCClassRef = 42,
1814 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001815 * A reference to a type declaration.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001816 *
1817 * A type reference occurs anywhere where a type is named but not
1818 * declared. For example, given:
1819 *
1820 * \code
1821 * typedef unsigned size_type;
1822 * size_type size;
1823 * \endcode
1824 *
1825 * The typedef is a declaration of size_type (CXCursor_TypedefDecl),
1826 * while the type of the variable "size" is referenced. The cursor
1827 * referenced by the type of size is the typedef for size_type.
1828 */
1829 CXCursor_TypeRef = 43,
1830 CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier = 44,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001831 /**
1832 * A reference to a class template, function template, template
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001833 * template parameter, or class template partial specialization.
1834 */
1835 CXCursor_TemplateRef = 45,
1836 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001837 * A reference to a namespace or namespace alias.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001838 */
1839 CXCursor_NamespaceRef = 46,
1840 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001841 * A reference to a member of a struct, union, or class that occurs in
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001842 * some non-expression context, e.g., a designated initializer.
1843 */
1844 CXCursor_MemberRef = 47,
1845 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001846 * A reference to a labeled statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001847 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001848 * This cursor kind is used to describe the jump to "start_over" in the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001849 * goto statement in the following example:
1850 *
1851 * \code
1852 * start_over:
1853 * ++counter;
1854 *
1855 * goto start_over;
1856 * \endcode
1857 *
1858 * A label reference cursor refers to a label statement.
1859 */
1860 CXCursor_LabelRef = 48,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001861
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001862 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001863 * A reference to a set of overloaded functions or function templates
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001864 * that has not yet been resolved to a specific function or function template.
1865 *
1866 * An overloaded declaration reference cursor occurs in C++ templates where
1867 * a dependent name refers to a function. For example:
1868 *
1869 * \code
1870 * template<typename T> void swap(T&, T&);
1871 *
1872 * struct X { ... };
1873 * void swap(X&, X&);
1874 *
1875 * template<typename T>
1876 * void reverse(T* first, T* last) {
1877 * while (first < last - 1) {
1878 * swap(*first, *--last);
1879 * ++first;
1880 * }
1881 * }
1882 *
1883 * struct Y { };
1884 * void swap(Y&, Y&);
1885 * \endcode
1886 *
1887 * Here, the identifier "swap" is associated with an overloaded declaration
1888 * reference. In the template definition, "swap" refers to either of the two
1889 * "swap" functions declared above, so both results will be available. At
1890 * instantiation time, "swap" may also refer to other functions found via
1891 * argument-dependent lookup (e.g., the "swap" function at the end of the
1892 * example).
1893 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001894 * The functions \c clang_getNumOverloadedDecls() and
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001895 * \c clang_getOverloadedDecl() can be used to retrieve the definitions
1896 * referenced by this cursor.
1897 */
1898 CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef = 49,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001899
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001900 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001901 * A reference to a variable that occurs in some non-expression
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001902 * context, e.g., a C++ lambda capture list.
1903 */
1904 CXCursor_VariableRef = 50,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001905
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001906 CXCursor_LastRef = CXCursor_VariableRef,
1907
1908 /* Error conditions */
1909 CXCursor_FirstInvalid = 70,
1910 CXCursor_InvalidFile = 70,
1911 CXCursor_NoDeclFound = 71,
1912 CXCursor_NotImplemented = 72,
1913 CXCursor_InvalidCode = 73,
1914 CXCursor_LastInvalid = CXCursor_InvalidCode,
1915
1916 /* Expressions */
1917 CXCursor_FirstExpr = 100,
1918
1919 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001920 * An expression whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001921 * interface.
1922 *
1923 * Unexposed expressions have the same operations as any other kind
1924 * of expression; one can extract their location information,
1925 * spelling, children, etc. However, the specific kind of the
1926 * expression is not reported.
1927 */
1928 CXCursor_UnexposedExpr = 100,
1929
1930 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001931 * An expression that refers to some value declaration, such
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001932 * as a function, variable, or enumerator.
1933 */
1934 CXCursor_DeclRefExpr = 101,
1935
1936 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001937 * An expression that refers to a member of a struct, union,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001938 * class, Objective-C class, etc.
1939 */
1940 CXCursor_MemberRefExpr = 102,
1941
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001942 /** An expression that calls a function. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001943 CXCursor_CallExpr = 103,
1944
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001945 /** An expression that sends a message to an Objective-C
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001946 object or class. */
1947 CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr = 104,
1948
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001949 /** An expression that represents a block literal. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001950 CXCursor_BlockExpr = 105,
1951
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001952 /** An integer literal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001953 */
1954 CXCursor_IntegerLiteral = 106,
1955
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001956 /** A floating point number literal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001957 */
1958 CXCursor_FloatingLiteral = 107,
1959
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001960 /** An imaginary number literal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001961 */
1962 CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral = 108,
1963
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001964 /** A string literal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001965 */
1966 CXCursor_StringLiteral = 109,
1967
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001968 /** A character literal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001969 */
1970 CXCursor_CharacterLiteral = 110,
1971
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001972 /** A parenthesized expression, e.g. "(1)".
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001973 *
1974 * This AST node is only formed if full location information is requested.
1975 */
1976 CXCursor_ParenExpr = 111,
1977
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001978 /** This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001979 * alignof).
1980 */
1981 CXCursor_UnaryOperator = 112,
1982
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001983 /** [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001984 */
1985 CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr = 113,
1986
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001987 /** A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001988 * "x <= y".
1989 */
1990 CXCursor_BinaryOperator = 114,
1991
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001992 /** Compound assignment such as "+=".
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001993 */
1994 CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator = 115,
1995
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01001996 /** The ?: ternary operator.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01001997 */
1998 CXCursor_ConditionalOperator = 116,
1999
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002000 /** An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style cast in C++
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002001 * (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax (Type)expr.
2002 *
2003 * For example: (int)f.
2004 */
2005 CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr = 117,
2006
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002007 /** [C99 6.5.2.5]
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002008 */
2009 CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr = 118,
2010
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002011 /** Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002012 */
2013 CXCursor_InitListExpr = 119,
2014
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002015 /** The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002016 */
2017 CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr = 120,
2018
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002019 /** This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;})
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002020 */
2021 CXCursor_StmtExpr = 121,
2022
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002023 /** Represents a C11 generic selection.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002024 */
2025 CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr = 122,
2026
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002027 /** Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002028 * pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or long) and is the same
2029 * size and alignment as a pointer.
2030 *
2031 * The __null extension is typically only used by system headers, which define
2032 * NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer that may not
2033 * match the size of a pointer).
2034 */
2035 CXCursor_GNUNullExpr = 123,
2036
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002037 /** C++'s static_cast<> expression.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002038 */
2039 CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr = 124,
2040
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002041 /** C++'s dynamic_cast<> expression.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002042 */
2043 CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr = 125,
2044
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002045 /** C++'s reinterpret_cast<> expression.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002046 */
2047 CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr = 126,
2048
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002049 /** C++'s const_cast<> expression.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002050 */
2051 CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr = 127,
2052
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002053 /** Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional"
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002054 * notion (C++ [expr.type.conv]).
2055 *
2056 * Example:
2057 * \code
2058 * x = int(0.5);
2059 * \endcode
2060 */
2061 CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr = 128,
2062
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002063 /** A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]).
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002064 */
2065 CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr = 129,
2066
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002067 /** [C++ 2.13.5] C++ Boolean Literal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002068 */
2069 CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr = 130,
2070
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002071 /** [C++0x 2.14.7] C++ Pointer Literal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002072 */
2073 CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr = 131,
2074
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002075 /** Represents the "this" expression in C++
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002076 */
2077 CXCursor_CXXThisExpr = 132,
2078
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002079 /** [C++ 15] C++ Throw Expression.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002080 *
2081 * This handles 'throw' and 'throw' assignment-expression. When
2082 * assignment-expression isn't present, Op will be null.
2083 */
2084 CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr = 133,
2085
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002086 /** A new expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g:
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002087 * "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
2088 */
2089 CXCursor_CXXNewExpr = 134,
2090
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002091 /** A delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002092 * e.g. "delete[] pArray".
2093 */
2094 CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr = 135,
2095
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002096 /** A unary expression. (noexcept, sizeof, or other traits)
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002097 */
2098 CXCursor_UnaryExpr = 136,
2099
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002100 /** An Objective-C string literal i.e. @"foo".
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002101 */
2102 CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral = 137,
2103
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002104 /** An Objective-C \@encode expression.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002105 */
2106 CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr = 138,
2107
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002108 /** An Objective-C \@selector expression.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002109 */
2110 CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr = 139,
2111
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002112 /** An Objective-C \@protocol expression.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002113 */
2114 CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr = 140,
2115
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002116 /** An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002117 * Objective-C pointers and C pointers, transferring ownership in the process.
2118 *
2119 * \code
2120 * NSString *str = (__bridge_transfer NSString *)CFCreateString();
2121 * \endcode
2122 */
2123 CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr = 141,
2124
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002125 /** Represents a C++0x pack expansion that produces a sequence of
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002126 * expressions.
2127 *
2128 * A pack expansion expression contains a pattern (which itself is an
2129 * expression) followed by an ellipsis. For example:
2130 *
2131 * \code
2132 * template<typename F, typename ...Types>
2133 * void forward(F f, Types &&...args) {
2134 * f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
2135 * }
2136 * \endcode
2137 */
2138 CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr = 142,
2139
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002140 /** Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002141 * pack.
2142 *
2143 * \code
2144 * template<typename ...Types>
2145 * struct count {
2146 * static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types);
2147 * };
2148 * \endcode
2149 */
2150 CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr = 143,
2151
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002152 /* Represents a C++ lambda expression that produces a local function
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002153 * object.
2154 *
2155 * \code
2156 * void abssort(float *x, unsigned N) {
2157 * std::sort(x, x + N,
2158 * [](float a, float b) {
2159 * return std::abs(a) < std::abs(b);
2160 * });
2161 * }
2162 * \endcode
2163 */
2164 CXCursor_LambdaExpr = 144,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002165
2166 /** Objective-c Boolean Literal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002167 */
2168 CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr = 145,
2169
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002170 /** Represents the "self" expression in an Objective-C method.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002171 */
2172 CXCursor_ObjCSelfExpr = 146,
2173
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002174 /** OpenMP 4.0 [2.4, Array Section].
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002175 */
2176 CXCursor_OMPArraySectionExpr = 147,
2177
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002178 /** Represents an @available(...) check.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002179 */
2180 CXCursor_ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr = 148,
2181
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002182 /**
2183 * Fixed point literal
2184 */
2185 CXCursor_FixedPointLiteral = 149,
2186
2187 CXCursor_LastExpr = CXCursor_FixedPointLiteral,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002188
2189 /* Statements */
2190 CXCursor_FirstStmt = 200,
2191 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002192 * A statement whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002193 * interface.
2194 *
2195 * Unexposed statements have the same operations as any other kind of
2196 * statement; one can extract their location information, spelling,
2197 * children, etc. However, the specific kind of the statement is not
2198 * reported.
2199 */
2200 CXCursor_UnexposedStmt = 200,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002201
2202 /** A labelled statement in a function.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002203 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002204 * This cursor kind is used to describe the "start_over:" label statement in
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002205 * the following example:
2206 *
2207 * \code
2208 * start_over:
2209 * ++counter;
2210 * \endcode
2211 *
2212 */
2213 CXCursor_LabelStmt = 201,
2214
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002215 /** A group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002216 *
2217 * This cursor kind is used to describe compound statements, e.g. function
2218 * bodies.
2219 */
2220 CXCursor_CompoundStmt = 202,
2221
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002222 /** A case statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002223 */
2224 CXCursor_CaseStmt = 203,
2225
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002226 /** A default statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002227 */
2228 CXCursor_DefaultStmt = 204,
2229
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002230 /** An if statement
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002231 */
2232 CXCursor_IfStmt = 205,
2233
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002234 /** A switch statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002235 */
2236 CXCursor_SwitchStmt = 206,
2237
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002238 /** A while statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002239 */
2240 CXCursor_WhileStmt = 207,
2241
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002242 /** A do statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002243 */
2244 CXCursor_DoStmt = 208,
2245
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002246 /** A for statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002247 */
2248 CXCursor_ForStmt = 209,
2249
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002250 /** A goto statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002251 */
2252 CXCursor_GotoStmt = 210,
2253
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002254 /** An indirect goto statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002255 */
2256 CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt = 211,
2257
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002258 /** A continue statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002259 */
2260 CXCursor_ContinueStmt = 212,
2261
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002262 /** A break statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002263 */
2264 CXCursor_BreakStmt = 213,
2265
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002266 /** A return statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002267 */
2268 CXCursor_ReturnStmt = 214,
2269
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002270 /** A GCC inline assembly statement extension.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002271 */
2272 CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt = 215,
2273 CXCursor_AsmStmt = CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt,
2274
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002275 /** Objective-C's overall \@try-\@catch-\@finally statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002276 */
2277 CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt = 216,
2278
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002279 /** Objective-C's \@catch statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002280 */
2281 CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt = 217,
2282
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002283 /** Objective-C's \@finally statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002284 */
2285 CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt = 218,
2286
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002287 /** Objective-C's \@throw statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002288 */
2289 CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt = 219,
2290
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002291 /** Objective-C's \@synchronized statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002292 */
2293 CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt = 220,
2294
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002295 /** Objective-C's autorelease pool statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002296 */
2297 CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt = 221,
2298
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002299 /** Objective-C's collection statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002300 */
2301 CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt = 222,
2302
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002303 /** C++'s catch statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002304 */
2305 CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt = 223,
2306
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002307 /** C++'s try statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002308 */
2309 CXCursor_CXXTryStmt = 224,
2310
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002311 /** C++'s for (* : *) statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002312 */
2313 CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt = 225,
2314
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002315 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's try statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002316 */
2317 CXCursor_SEHTryStmt = 226,
2318
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002319 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's except statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002320 */
2321 CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt = 227,
2322
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002323 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's finally statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002324 */
2325 CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt = 228,
2326
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002327 /** A MS inline assembly statement extension.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002328 */
2329 CXCursor_MSAsmStmt = 229,
2330
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002331 /** The null statement ";": C99 6.8.3p3.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002332 *
2333 * This cursor kind is used to describe the null statement.
2334 */
2335 CXCursor_NullStmt = 230,
2336
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002337 /** Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002338 * expressions.
2339 */
2340 CXCursor_DeclStmt = 231,
2341
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002342 /** OpenMP parallel directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002343 */
2344 CXCursor_OMPParallelDirective = 232,
2345
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002346 /** OpenMP SIMD directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002347 */
2348 CXCursor_OMPSimdDirective = 233,
2349
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002350 /** OpenMP for directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002351 */
2352 CXCursor_OMPForDirective = 234,
2353
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002354 /** OpenMP sections directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002355 */
2356 CXCursor_OMPSectionsDirective = 235,
2357
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002358 /** OpenMP section directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002359 */
2360 CXCursor_OMPSectionDirective = 236,
2361
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002362 /** OpenMP single directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002363 */
2364 CXCursor_OMPSingleDirective = 237,
2365
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002366 /** OpenMP parallel for directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002367 */
2368 CXCursor_OMPParallelForDirective = 238,
2369
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002370 /** OpenMP parallel sections directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002371 */
2372 CXCursor_OMPParallelSectionsDirective = 239,
2373
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002374 /** OpenMP task directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002375 */
2376 CXCursor_OMPTaskDirective = 240,
2377
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002378 /** OpenMP master directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002379 */
2380 CXCursor_OMPMasterDirective = 241,
2381
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002382 /** OpenMP critical directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002383 */
2384 CXCursor_OMPCriticalDirective = 242,
2385
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002386 /** OpenMP taskyield directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002387 */
2388 CXCursor_OMPTaskyieldDirective = 243,
2389
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002390 /** OpenMP barrier directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002391 */
2392 CXCursor_OMPBarrierDirective = 244,
2393
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002394 /** OpenMP taskwait directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002395 */
2396 CXCursor_OMPTaskwaitDirective = 245,
2397
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002398 /** OpenMP flush directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002399 */
2400 CXCursor_OMPFlushDirective = 246,
2401
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002402 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's leave statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002403 */
2404 CXCursor_SEHLeaveStmt = 247,
2405
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002406 /** OpenMP ordered directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002407 */
2408 CXCursor_OMPOrderedDirective = 248,
2409
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002410 /** OpenMP atomic directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002411 */
2412 CXCursor_OMPAtomicDirective = 249,
2413
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002414 /** OpenMP for SIMD directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002415 */
2416 CXCursor_OMPForSimdDirective = 250,
2417
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002418 /** OpenMP parallel for SIMD directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002419 */
2420 CXCursor_OMPParallelForSimdDirective = 251,
2421
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002422 /** OpenMP target directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002423 */
2424 CXCursor_OMPTargetDirective = 252,
2425
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002426 /** OpenMP teams directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002427 */
2428 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDirective = 253,
2429
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002430 /** OpenMP taskgroup directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002431 */
2432 CXCursor_OMPTaskgroupDirective = 254,
2433
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002434 /** OpenMP cancellation point directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002435 */
2436 CXCursor_OMPCancellationPointDirective = 255,
2437
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002438 /** OpenMP cancel directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002439 */
2440 CXCursor_OMPCancelDirective = 256,
2441
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002442 /** OpenMP target data directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002443 */
2444 CXCursor_OMPTargetDataDirective = 257,
2445
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002446 /** OpenMP taskloop directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002447 */
2448 CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopDirective = 258,
2449
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002450 /** OpenMP taskloop simd directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002451 */
2452 CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective = 259,
2453
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002454 /** OpenMP distribute directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002455 */
2456 CXCursor_OMPDistributeDirective = 260,
2457
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002458 /** OpenMP target enter data directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002459 */
2460 CXCursor_OMPTargetEnterDataDirective = 261,
2461
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002462 /** OpenMP target exit data directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002463 */
2464 CXCursor_OMPTargetExitDataDirective = 262,
2465
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002466 /** OpenMP target parallel directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002467 */
2468 CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelDirective = 263,
2469
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002470 /** OpenMP target parallel for directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002471 */
2472 CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForDirective = 264,
2473
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002474 /** OpenMP target update directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002475 */
2476 CXCursor_OMPTargetUpdateDirective = 265,
2477
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002478 /** OpenMP distribute parallel for directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002479 */
2480 CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForDirective = 266,
2481
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002482 /** OpenMP distribute parallel for simd directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002483 */
2484 CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 267,
2485
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002486 /** OpenMP distribute simd directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002487 */
2488 CXCursor_OMPDistributeSimdDirective = 268,
2489
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002490 /** OpenMP target parallel for simd directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002491 */
2492 CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective = 269,
2493
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002494 /** OpenMP target simd directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002495 */
2496 CXCursor_OMPTargetSimdDirective = 270,
2497
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002498 /** OpenMP teams distribute directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002499 */
2500 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeDirective = 271,
2501
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002502 /** OpenMP teams distribute simd directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002503 */
2504 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective = 272,
2505
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002506 /** OpenMP teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002507 */
2508 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 273,
2509
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002510 /** OpenMP teams distribute parallel for directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002511 */
2512 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective = 274,
2513
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002514 /** OpenMP target teams directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002515 */
2516 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDirective = 275,
2517
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002518 /** OpenMP target teams distribute directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002519 */
2520 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective = 276,
2521
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002522 /** OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002523 */
2524 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective = 277,
2525
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002526 /** OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002527 */
2528 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 278,
2529
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002530 /** OpenMP target teams distribute simd directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002531 */
2532 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective = 279,
2533
2534 CXCursor_LastStmt = CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective,
2535
2536 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002537 * Cursor that represents the translation unit itself.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002538 *
2539 * The translation unit cursor exists primarily to act as the root
2540 * cursor for traversing the contents of a translation unit.
2541 */
2542 CXCursor_TranslationUnit = 300,
2543
2544 /* Attributes */
2545 CXCursor_FirstAttr = 400,
2546 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002547 * An attribute whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002548 * interface.
2549 */
2550 CXCursor_UnexposedAttr = 400,
2551
2552 CXCursor_IBActionAttr = 401,
2553 CXCursor_IBOutletAttr = 402,
2554 CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr = 403,
2555 CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr = 404,
2556 CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr = 405,
2557 CXCursor_AnnotateAttr = 406,
2558 CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr = 407,
2559 CXCursor_PackedAttr = 408,
2560 CXCursor_PureAttr = 409,
2561 CXCursor_ConstAttr = 410,
2562 CXCursor_NoDuplicateAttr = 411,
2563 CXCursor_CUDAConstantAttr = 412,
2564 CXCursor_CUDADeviceAttr = 413,
2565 CXCursor_CUDAGlobalAttr = 414,
2566 CXCursor_CUDAHostAttr = 415,
2567 CXCursor_CUDASharedAttr = 416,
2568 CXCursor_VisibilityAttr = 417,
2569 CXCursor_DLLExport = 418,
2570 CXCursor_DLLImport = 419,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002571 CXCursor_NSReturnsRetained = 420,
2572 CXCursor_NSReturnsNotRetained = 421,
2573 CXCursor_NSReturnsAutoreleased = 422,
2574 CXCursor_NSConsumesSelf = 423,
2575 CXCursor_NSConsumed = 424,
2576 CXCursor_ObjCException = 425,
2577 CXCursor_ObjCNSObject = 426,
2578 CXCursor_ObjCIndependentClass = 427,
2579 CXCursor_ObjCPreciseLifetime = 428,
2580 CXCursor_ObjCReturnsInnerPointer = 429,
2581 CXCursor_ObjCRequiresSuper = 430,
2582 CXCursor_ObjCRootClass = 431,
2583 CXCursor_ObjCSubclassingRestricted = 432,
2584 CXCursor_ObjCExplicitProtocolImpl = 433,
2585 CXCursor_ObjCDesignatedInitializer = 434,
2586 CXCursor_ObjCRuntimeVisible = 435,
2587 CXCursor_ObjCBoxable = 436,
2588 CXCursor_FlagEnum = 437,
2589 CXCursor_LastAttr = CXCursor_FlagEnum,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002590
2591 /* Preprocessing */
2592 CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective = 500,
2593 CXCursor_MacroDefinition = 501,
2594 CXCursor_MacroExpansion = 502,
2595 CXCursor_MacroInstantiation = CXCursor_MacroExpansion,
2596 CXCursor_InclusionDirective = 503,
2597 CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing = CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective,
2598 CXCursor_LastPreprocessing = CXCursor_InclusionDirective,
2599
2600 /* Extra Declarations */
2601 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002602 * A module import declaration.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002603 */
2604 CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl = 600,
2605 CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl = 601,
2606 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002607 * A static_assert or _Static_assert node
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002608 */
2609 CXCursor_StaticAssert = 602,
2610 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002611 * a friend declaration.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002612 */
2613 CXCursor_FriendDecl = 603,
2614 CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl = CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
2615 CXCursor_LastExtraDecl = CXCursor_FriendDecl,
2616
2617 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002618 * A code completion overload candidate.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002619 */
2620 CXCursor_OverloadCandidate = 700
2621};
2622
2623/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002624 * A cursor representing some element in the abstract syntax tree for
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002625 * a translation unit.
2626 *
2627 * The cursor abstraction unifies the different kinds of entities in a
2628 * program--declaration, statements, expressions, references to declarations,
2629 * etc.--under a single "cursor" abstraction with a common set of operations.
2630 * Common operation for a cursor include: getting the physical location in
2631 * a source file where the cursor points, getting the name associated with a
2632 * cursor, and retrieving cursors for any child nodes of a particular cursor.
2633 *
2634 * Cursors can be produced in two specific ways.
2635 * clang_getTranslationUnitCursor() produces a cursor for a translation unit,
2636 * from which one can use clang_visitChildren() to explore the rest of the
2637 * translation unit. clang_getCursor() maps from a physical source location
2638 * to the entity that resides at that location, allowing one to map from the
2639 * source code into the AST.
2640 */
2641typedef struct {
2642 enum CXCursorKind kind;
2643 int xdata;
2644 const void *data[3];
2645} CXCursor;
2646
2647/**
2648 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_MANIP Cursor manipulations
2649 *
2650 * @{
2651 */
2652
2653/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002654 * Retrieve the NULL cursor, which represents no entity.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002655 */
2656CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void);
2657
2658/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002659 * Retrieve the cursor that represents the given translation unit.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002660 *
2661 * The translation unit cursor can be used to start traversing the
2662 * various declarations within the given translation unit.
2663 */
2664CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit);
2665
2666/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002667 * Determine whether two cursors are equivalent.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002668 */
2669CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor, CXCursor);
2670
2671/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002672 * Returns non-zero if \p cursor is null.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002673 */
2674CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isNull(CXCursor cursor);
2675
2676/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002677 * Compute a hash value for the given cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002678 */
2679CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002680
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002681/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002682 * Retrieve the kind of the given cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002683 */
2684CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor);
2685
2686/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002687 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a declaration.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002688 */
2689CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind);
2690
2691/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002692 * Determine whether the given declaration is invalid.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002693 *
2694 * A declaration is invalid if it could not be parsed successfully.
2695 *
2696 * \returns non-zero if the cursor represents a declaration and it is
2697 * invalid, otherwise NULL.
2698 */
2699CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalidDeclaration(CXCursor);
2700
2701/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002702 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a simple
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002703 * reference.
2704 *
2705 * Note that other kinds of cursors (such as expressions) can also refer to
2706 * other cursors. Use clang_getCursorReferenced() to determine whether a
2707 * particular cursor refers to another entity.
2708 */
2709CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind);
2710
2711/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002712 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an expression.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002713 */
2714CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind);
2715
2716/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002717 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a statement.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002718 */
2719CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind);
2720
2721/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002722 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an attribute.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002723 */
2724CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind);
2725
2726/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002727 * Determine whether the given cursor has any attributes.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002728 */
2729CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_hasAttrs(CXCursor C);
2730
2731/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002732 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an invalid
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002733 * cursor.
2734 */
2735CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind);
2736
2737/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002738 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a translation
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002739 * unit.
2740 */
2741CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind);
2742
2743/***
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002744 * Determine whether the given cursor represents a preprocessing
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002745 * element, such as a preprocessor directive or macro instantiation.
2746 */
2747CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002748
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002749/***
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002750 * Determine whether the given cursor represents a currently
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002751 * unexposed piece of the AST (e.g., CXCursor_UnexposedStmt).
2752 */
2753CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind);
2754
2755/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002756 * Describe the linkage of the entity referred to by a cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002757 */
2758enum CXLinkageKind {
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002759 /** This value indicates that no linkage information is available
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002760 * for a provided CXCursor. */
2761 CXLinkage_Invalid,
2762 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002763 * This is the linkage for variables, parameters, and so on that
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002764 * have automatic storage. This covers normal (non-extern) local variables.
2765 */
2766 CXLinkage_NoLinkage,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002767 /** This is the linkage for static variables and static functions. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002768 CXLinkage_Internal,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002769 /** This is the linkage for entities with external linkage that live
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002770 * in C++ anonymous namespaces.*/
2771 CXLinkage_UniqueExternal,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002772 /** This is the linkage for entities with true, external linkage. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002773 CXLinkage_External
2774};
2775
2776/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002777 * Determine the linkage of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002778 */
2779CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor);
2780
2781enum CXVisibilityKind {
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002782 /** This value indicates that no visibility information is available
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002783 * for a provided CXCursor. */
2784 CXVisibility_Invalid,
2785
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002786 /** Symbol not seen by the linker. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002787 CXVisibility_Hidden,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002788 /** Symbol seen by the linker but resolves to a symbol inside this object. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002789 CXVisibility_Protected,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002790 /** Symbol seen by the linker and acts like a normal symbol. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002791 CXVisibility_Default
2792};
2793
2794/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002795 * Describe the visibility of the entity referred to by a cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002796 *
2797 * This returns the default visibility if not explicitly specified by
2798 * a visibility attribute. The default visibility may be changed by
2799 * commandline arguments.
2800 *
2801 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2802 *
2803 * \returns The visibility of the cursor.
2804 */
2805CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXVisibilityKind clang_getCursorVisibility(CXCursor cursor);
2806
2807/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002808 * Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002809 * taking the current target platform into account.
2810 *
2811 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2812 *
2813 * \returns The availability of the cursor.
2814 */
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002815CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002816clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor);
2817
2818/**
2819 * Describes the availability of a given entity on a particular platform, e.g.,
2820 * a particular class might only be available on Mac OS 10.7 or newer.
2821 */
2822typedef struct CXPlatformAvailability {
2823 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002824 * A string that describes the platform for which this structure
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002825 * provides availability information.
2826 *
2827 * Possible values are "ios" or "macos".
2828 */
2829 CXString Platform;
2830 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002831 * The version number in which this entity was introduced.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002832 */
2833 CXVersion Introduced;
2834 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002835 * The version number in which this entity was deprecated (but is
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002836 * still available).
2837 */
2838 CXVersion Deprecated;
2839 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002840 * The version number in which this entity was obsoleted, and therefore
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002841 * is no longer available.
2842 */
2843 CXVersion Obsoleted;
2844 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002845 * Whether the entity is unconditionally unavailable on this platform.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002846 */
2847 int Unavailable;
2848 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002849 * An optional message to provide to a user of this API, e.g., to
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002850 * suggest replacement APIs.
2851 */
2852 CXString Message;
2853} CXPlatformAvailability;
2854
2855/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002856 * Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002857 * on any platforms for which availability information is known.
2858 *
2859 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2860 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002861 * \param always_deprecated If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002862 * entity is deprecated on all platforms.
2863 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002864 * \param deprecated_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002865 * provided along with the unconditional deprecation of this entity. The client
2866 * is responsible for deallocating this string.
2867 *
2868 * \param always_unavailable If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
2869 * entity is unavailable on all platforms.
2870 *
2871 * \param unavailable_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002872 * provided along with the unconditional unavailability of this entity. The
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002873 * client is responsible for deallocating this string.
2874 *
2875 * \param availability If non-NULL, an array of CXPlatformAvailability instances
2876 * that will be populated with platform availability information, up to either
2877 * the number of platforms for which availability information is available (as
2878 * returned by this function) or \c availability_size, whichever is smaller.
2879 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002880 * \param availability_size The number of elements available in the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002881 * \c availability array.
2882 *
2883 * \returns The number of platforms (N) for which availability information is
2884 * available (which is unrelated to \c availability_size).
2885 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002886 * Note that the client is responsible for calling
2887 * \c clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability to free each of the
2888 * platform-availability structures returned. There are
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002889 * \c min(N, availability_size) such structures.
2890 */
2891CINDEX_LINKAGE int
2892clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor,
2893 int *always_deprecated,
2894 CXString *deprecated_message,
2895 int *always_unavailable,
2896 CXString *unavailable_message,
2897 CXPlatformAvailability *availability,
2898 int availability_size);
2899
2900/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002901 * Free the memory associated with a \c CXPlatformAvailability structure.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002902 */
2903CINDEX_LINKAGE void
2904clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002905
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002906/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002907 * Describe the "language" of the entity referred to by a cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002908 */
2909enum CXLanguageKind {
2910 CXLanguage_Invalid = 0,
2911 CXLanguage_C,
2912 CXLanguage_ObjC,
2913 CXLanguage_CPlusPlus
2914};
2915
2916/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002917 * Determine the "language" of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002918 */
2919CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor);
2920
2921/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002922 * Describe the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002923 * referred to by a cursor.
2924 */
2925enum CXTLSKind {
2926 CXTLS_None = 0,
2927 CXTLS_Dynamic,
2928 CXTLS_Static
2929};
2930
2931/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002932 * Determine the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002933 * referred to by a cursor.
2934 */
2935CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTLSKind clang_getCursorTLSKind(CXCursor cursor);
2936
2937/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002938 * Returns the translation unit that a cursor originated from.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002939 */
2940CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_Cursor_getTranslationUnit(CXCursor);
2941
2942/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002943 * A fast container representing a set of CXCursors.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002944 */
2945typedef struct CXCursorSetImpl *CXCursorSet;
2946
2947/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002948 * Creates an empty CXCursorSet.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002949 */
2950CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursorSet clang_createCXCursorSet(void);
2951
2952/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002953 * Disposes a CXCursorSet and releases its associated memory.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002954 */
2955CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXCursorSet(CXCursorSet cset);
2956
2957/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002958 * Queries a CXCursorSet to see if it contains a specific CXCursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002959 *
2960 * \returns non-zero if the set contains the specified cursor.
2961*/
2962CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_contains(CXCursorSet cset,
2963 CXCursor cursor);
2964
2965/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002966 * Inserts a CXCursor into a CXCursorSet.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002967 *
2968 * \returns zero if the CXCursor was already in the set, and non-zero otherwise.
2969*/
2970CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_insert(CXCursorSet cset,
2971 CXCursor cursor);
2972
2973/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002974 * Determine the semantic parent of the given cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002975 *
2976 * The semantic parent of a cursor is the cursor that semantically contains
2977 * the given \p cursor. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01002978 * are equivalent (the lexical parent is returned by
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01002979 * \c clang_getCursorLexicalParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2980 * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2981 *
2982 * \code
2983 * class C {
2984 * void f();
2985 * };
2986 *
2987 * void C::f() { }
2988 * \endcode
2989 *
2990 * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
2991 * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
2992 * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
2993 * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
2994 * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
2995 * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
2996 * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
2997 * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
2998 * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
2999 *
3000 * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
3001 * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
3002 * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
3003 *
3004 * For global declarations, the semantic parent is the translation unit.
3005 */
3006CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor);
3007
3008/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003009 * Determine the lexical parent of the given cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003010 *
3011 * The lexical parent of a cursor is the cursor in which the given \p cursor
3012 * was actually written. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003013 * are equivalent (the semantic parent is returned by
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003014 * \c clang_getCursorSemanticParent()). They diverge when declarations or
3015 * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
3016 *
3017 * \code
3018 * class C {
3019 * void f();
3020 * };
3021 *
3022 * void C::f() { }
3023 * \endcode
3024 *
3025 * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
3026 * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
3027 * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
3028 * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
3029 * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
3030 * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
3031 * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
3032 * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
3033 * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
3034 *
3035 * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
3036 * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
3037 * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
3038 *
3039 * For declarations written in the global scope, the lexical parent is
3040 * the translation unit.
3041 */
3042CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor);
3043
3044/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003045 * Determine the set of methods that are overridden by the given
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003046 * method.
3047 *
3048 * In both Objective-C and C++, a method (aka virtual member function,
3049 * in C++) can override a virtual method in a base class. For
3050 * Objective-C, a method is said to override any method in the class's
3051 * base class, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has the same
3052 * selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
3053 * If no such method exists, the search continues to the class's superclass,
3054 * its protocols, and its categories, and so on. A method from an Objective-C
3055 * implementation is considered to override the same methods as its
3056 * corresponding method in the interface.
3057 *
3058 * For C++, a virtual member function overrides any virtual member
3059 * function with the same signature that occurs in its base
3060 * classes. With multiple inheritance, a virtual member function can
3061 * override several virtual member functions coming from different
3062 * base classes.
3063 *
3064 * In all cases, this function determines the immediate overridden
3065 * method, rather than all of the overridden methods. For example, if
3066 * a method is originally declared in a class A, then overridden in B
3067 * (which in inherits from A) and also in C (which inherited from B),
3068 * then the only overridden method returned from this function when
3069 * invoked on C's method will be B's method. The client may then
3070 * invoke this function again, given the previously-found overridden
3071 * methods, to map out the complete method-override set.
3072 *
3073 * \param cursor A cursor representing an Objective-C or C++
3074 * method. This routine will compute the set of methods that this
3075 * method overrides.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003076 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003077 * \param overridden A pointer whose pointee will be replaced with a
3078 * pointer to an array of cursors, representing the set of overridden
3079 * methods. If there are no overridden methods, the pointee will be
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003080 * set to NULL. The pointee must be freed via a call to
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003081 * \c clang_disposeOverriddenCursors().
3082 *
3083 * \param num_overridden A pointer to the number of overridden
3084 * functions, will be set to the number of overridden functions in the
3085 * array pointed to by \p overridden.
3086 */
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003087CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getOverriddenCursors(CXCursor cursor,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003088 CXCursor **overridden,
3089 unsigned *num_overridden);
3090
3091/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003092 * Free the set of overridden cursors returned by \c
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003093 * clang_getOverriddenCursors().
3094 */
3095CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeOverriddenCursors(CXCursor *overridden);
3096
3097/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003098 * Retrieve the file that is included by the given inclusion directive
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003099 * cursor.
3100 */
3101CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003102
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003103/**
3104 * @}
3105 */
3106
3107/**
3108 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_SOURCE Mapping between cursors and source code
3109 *
3110 * Cursors represent a location within the Abstract Syntax Tree (AST). These
3111 * routines help map between cursors and the physical locations where the
3112 * described entities occur in the source code. The mapping is provided in
3113 * both directions, so one can map from source code to the AST and back.
3114 *
3115 * @{
3116 */
3117
3118/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003119 * Map a source location to the cursor that describes the entity at that
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003120 * location in the source code.
3121 *
3122 * clang_getCursor() maps an arbitrary source location within a translation
3123 * unit down to the most specific cursor that describes the entity at that
3124 * location. For example, given an expression \c x + y, invoking
3125 * clang_getCursor() with a source location pointing to "x" will return the
3126 * cursor for "x"; similarly for "y". If the cursor points anywhere between
3127 * "x" or "y" (e.g., on the + or the whitespace around it), clang_getCursor()
3128 * will return a cursor referring to the "+" expression.
3129 *
3130 * \returns a cursor representing the entity at the given source location, or
3131 * a NULL cursor if no such entity can be found.
3132 */
3133CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit, CXSourceLocation);
3134
3135/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003136 * Retrieve the physical location of the source constructor referenced
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003137 * by the given cursor.
3138 *
3139 * The location of a declaration is typically the location of the name of that
3140 * declaration, where the name of that declaration would occur if it is
3141 * unnamed, or some keyword that introduces that particular declaration.
3142 * The location of a reference is where that reference occurs within the
3143 * source code.
3144 */
3145CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor);
3146
3147/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003148 * Retrieve the physical extent of the source construct referenced by
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003149 * the given cursor.
3150 *
3151 * The extent of a cursor starts with the file/line/column pointing at the
3152 * first character within the source construct that the cursor refers to and
3153 * ends with the last character within that source construct. For a
3154 * declaration, the extent covers the declaration itself. For a reference,
3155 * the extent covers the location of the reference (e.g., where the referenced
3156 * entity was actually used).
3157 */
3158CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor);
3159
3160/**
3161 * @}
3162 */
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003163
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003164/**
3165 * \defgroup CINDEX_TYPES Type information for CXCursors
3166 *
3167 * @{
3168 */
3169
3170/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003171 * Describes the kind of type
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003172 */
3173enum CXTypeKind {
3174 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003175 * Represents an invalid type (e.g., where no type is available).
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003176 */
3177 CXType_Invalid = 0,
3178
3179 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003180 * A type whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003181 * interface.
3182 */
3183 CXType_Unexposed = 1,
3184
3185 /* Builtin types */
3186 CXType_Void = 2,
3187 CXType_Bool = 3,
3188 CXType_Char_U = 4,
3189 CXType_UChar = 5,
3190 CXType_Char16 = 6,
3191 CXType_Char32 = 7,
3192 CXType_UShort = 8,
3193 CXType_UInt = 9,
3194 CXType_ULong = 10,
3195 CXType_ULongLong = 11,
3196 CXType_UInt128 = 12,
3197 CXType_Char_S = 13,
3198 CXType_SChar = 14,
3199 CXType_WChar = 15,
3200 CXType_Short = 16,
3201 CXType_Int = 17,
3202 CXType_Long = 18,
3203 CXType_LongLong = 19,
3204 CXType_Int128 = 20,
3205 CXType_Float = 21,
3206 CXType_Double = 22,
3207 CXType_LongDouble = 23,
3208 CXType_NullPtr = 24,
3209 CXType_Overload = 25,
3210 CXType_Dependent = 26,
3211 CXType_ObjCId = 27,
3212 CXType_ObjCClass = 28,
3213 CXType_ObjCSel = 29,
3214 CXType_Float128 = 30,
3215 CXType_Half = 31,
3216 CXType_Float16 = 32,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003217 CXType_ShortAccum = 33,
3218 CXType_Accum = 34,
3219 CXType_LongAccum = 35,
3220 CXType_UShortAccum = 36,
3221 CXType_UAccum = 37,
3222 CXType_ULongAccum = 38,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003223 CXType_FirstBuiltin = CXType_Void,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003224 CXType_LastBuiltin = CXType_ULongAccum,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003225
3226 CXType_Complex = 100,
3227 CXType_Pointer = 101,
3228 CXType_BlockPointer = 102,
3229 CXType_LValueReference = 103,
3230 CXType_RValueReference = 104,
3231 CXType_Record = 105,
3232 CXType_Enum = 106,
3233 CXType_Typedef = 107,
3234 CXType_ObjCInterface = 108,
3235 CXType_ObjCObjectPointer = 109,
3236 CXType_FunctionNoProto = 110,
3237 CXType_FunctionProto = 111,
3238 CXType_ConstantArray = 112,
3239 CXType_Vector = 113,
3240 CXType_IncompleteArray = 114,
3241 CXType_VariableArray = 115,
3242 CXType_DependentSizedArray = 116,
3243 CXType_MemberPointer = 117,
3244 CXType_Auto = 118,
3245
3246 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003247 * Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type keyword.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003248 *
3249 * E.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, or both.
3250 */
3251 CXType_Elaborated = 119,
3252
3253 /* OpenCL PipeType. */
3254 CXType_Pipe = 120,
3255
3256 /* OpenCL builtin types. */
3257 CXType_OCLImage1dRO = 121,
3258 CXType_OCLImage1dArrayRO = 122,
3259 CXType_OCLImage1dBufferRO = 123,
3260 CXType_OCLImage2dRO = 124,
3261 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayRO = 125,
3262 CXType_OCLImage2dDepthRO = 126,
3263 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthRO = 127,
3264 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAARO = 128,
3265 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAARO = 129,
3266 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthRO = 130,
3267 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRO = 131,
3268 CXType_OCLImage3dRO = 132,
3269 CXType_OCLImage1dWO = 133,
3270 CXType_OCLImage1dArrayWO = 134,
3271 CXType_OCLImage1dBufferWO = 135,
3272 CXType_OCLImage2dWO = 136,
3273 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayWO = 137,
3274 CXType_OCLImage2dDepthWO = 138,
3275 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthWO = 139,
3276 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAAWO = 140,
3277 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAAWO = 141,
3278 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthWO = 142,
3279 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthWO = 143,
3280 CXType_OCLImage3dWO = 144,
3281 CXType_OCLImage1dRW = 145,
3282 CXType_OCLImage1dArrayRW = 146,
3283 CXType_OCLImage1dBufferRW = 147,
3284 CXType_OCLImage2dRW = 148,
3285 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayRW = 149,
3286 CXType_OCLImage2dDepthRW = 150,
3287 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthRW = 151,
3288 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAARW = 152,
3289 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAARW = 153,
3290 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthRW = 154,
3291 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRW = 155,
3292 CXType_OCLImage3dRW = 156,
3293 CXType_OCLSampler = 157,
3294 CXType_OCLEvent = 158,
3295 CXType_OCLQueue = 159,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003296 CXType_OCLReserveID = 160,
3297
3298 CXType_ObjCObject = 161,
3299 CXType_ObjCTypeParam = 162,
3300 CXType_Attributed = 163
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003301};
3302
3303/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003304 * Describes the calling convention of a function type
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003305 */
3306enum CXCallingConv {
3307 CXCallingConv_Default = 0,
3308 CXCallingConv_C = 1,
3309 CXCallingConv_X86StdCall = 2,
3310 CXCallingConv_X86FastCall = 3,
3311 CXCallingConv_X86ThisCall = 4,
3312 CXCallingConv_X86Pascal = 5,
3313 CXCallingConv_AAPCS = 6,
3314 CXCallingConv_AAPCS_VFP = 7,
3315 CXCallingConv_X86RegCall = 8,
3316 CXCallingConv_IntelOclBicc = 9,
3317 CXCallingConv_Win64 = 10,
3318 /* Alias for compatibility with older versions of API. */
3319 CXCallingConv_X86_64Win64 = CXCallingConv_Win64,
3320 CXCallingConv_X86_64SysV = 11,
3321 CXCallingConv_X86VectorCall = 12,
3322 CXCallingConv_Swift = 13,
3323 CXCallingConv_PreserveMost = 14,
3324 CXCallingConv_PreserveAll = 15,
3325
3326 CXCallingConv_Invalid = 100,
3327 CXCallingConv_Unexposed = 200
3328};
3329
3330/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003331 * The type of an element in the abstract syntax tree.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003332 *
3333 */
3334typedef struct {
3335 enum CXTypeKind kind;
3336 void *data[2];
3337} CXType;
3338
3339/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003340 * Retrieve the type of a CXCursor (if any).
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003341 */
3342CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorType(CXCursor C);
3343
3344/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003345 * Pretty-print the underlying type using the rules of the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003346 * language of the translation unit from which it came.
3347 *
3348 * If the type is invalid, an empty string is returned.
3349 */
3350CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeSpelling(CXType CT);
3351
3352/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003353 * Retrieve the underlying type of a typedef declaration.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003354 *
3355 * If the cursor does not reference a typedef declaration, an invalid type is
3356 * returned.
3357 */
3358CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getTypedefDeclUnderlyingType(CXCursor C);
3359
3360/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003361 * Retrieve the integer type of an enum declaration.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003362 *
3363 * If the cursor does not reference an enum declaration, an invalid type is
3364 * returned.
3365 */
3366CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getEnumDeclIntegerType(CXCursor C);
3367
3368/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003369 * Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as a signed
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003370 * long long.
3371 *
3372 * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, LLONG_MIN is returned.
3373 * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
3374 * must be verified before calling this function.
3375 */
3376CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclValue(CXCursor C);
3377
3378/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003379 * Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as an unsigned
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003380 * long long.
3381 *
3382 * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, ULLONG_MAX is returned.
3383 * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
3384 * must be verified before calling this function.
3385 */
3386CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclUnsignedValue(CXCursor C);
3387
3388/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003389 * Retrieve the bit width of a bit field declaration as an integer.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003390 *
3391 * If a cursor that is not a bit field declaration is passed in, -1 is returned.
3392 */
3393CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFieldDeclBitWidth(CXCursor C);
3394
3395/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003396 * Retrieve the number of non-variadic arguments associated with a given
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003397 * cursor.
3398 *
3399 * The number of arguments can be determined for calls as well as for
3400 * declarations of functions or methods. For other cursors -1 is returned.
3401 */
3402CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumArguments(CXCursor C);
3403
3404/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003405 * Retrieve the argument cursor of a function or method.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003406 *
3407 * The argument cursor can be determined for calls as well as for declarations
3408 * of functions or methods. For other cursors and for invalid indices, an
3409 * invalid cursor is returned.
3410 */
3411CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Cursor_getArgument(CXCursor C, unsigned i);
3412
3413/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003414 * Describes the kind of a template argument.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003415 *
3416 * See the definition of llvm::clang::TemplateArgument::ArgKind for full
3417 * element descriptions.
3418 */
3419enum CXTemplateArgumentKind {
3420 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Null,
3421 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Type,
3422 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Declaration,
3423 CXTemplateArgumentKind_NullPtr,
3424 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Integral,
3425 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Template,
3426 CXTemplateArgumentKind_TemplateExpansion,
3427 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Expression,
3428 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Pack,
3429 /* Indicates an error case, preventing the kind from being deduced. */
3430 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Invalid
3431};
3432
3433/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003434 *Returns the number of template args of a function decl representing a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003435 * template specialization.
3436 *
3437 * If the argument cursor cannot be converted into a template function
3438 * declaration, -1 is returned.
3439 *
3440 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3441 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3442 * void foo() { ... }
3443 *
3444 * template <>
3445 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3446 *
3447 * The value 3 would be returned from this call.
3448 */
3449CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumTemplateArguments(CXCursor C);
3450
3451/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003452 * Retrieve the kind of the I'th template argument of the CXCursor C.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003453 *
3454 * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl, an invalid
3455 * template argument kind is returned.
3456 *
3457 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3458 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3459 * void foo() { ... }
3460 *
3461 * template <>
3462 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3463 *
3464 * For I = 0, 1, and 2, Type, Integral, and Integral will be returned,
3465 * respectively.
3466 */
3467CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTemplateArgumentKind clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentKind(
3468 CXCursor C, unsigned I);
3469
3470/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003471 * Retrieve a CXType representing the type of a TemplateArgument of a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003472 * function decl representing a template specialization.
3473 *
3474 * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl whose I'th
3475 * template argument has a kind of CXTemplateArgKind_Integral, an invalid type
3476 * is returned.
3477 *
3478 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3479 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3480 * void foo() { ... }
3481 *
3482 * template <>
3483 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3484 *
3485 * If called with I = 0, "float", will be returned.
3486 * Invalid types will be returned for I == 1 or 2.
3487 */
3488CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentType(CXCursor C,
3489 unsigned I);
3490
3491/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003492 * Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003493 * decl representing a template specialization) as a signed long long.
3494 *
3495 * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3496 * FunctionDecl or whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3497 *
3498 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3499 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3500 * void foo() { ... }
3501 *
3502 * template <>
3503 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3504 *
3505 * If called with I = 1 or 2, -7 or true will be returned, respectively.
3506 * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3507 */
3508CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentValue(CXCursor C,
3509 unsigned I);
3510
3511/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003512 * Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003513 * decl representing a template specialization) as an unsigned long long.
3514 *
3515 * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3516 * FunctionDecl or whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3517 *
3518 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3519 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3520 * void foo() { ... }
3521 *
3522 * template <>
3523 * void foo<float, 2147483649, true>();
3524 *
3525 * If called with I = 1 or 2, 2147483649 or true will be returned, respectively.
3526 * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3527 */
3528CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentUnsignedValue(
3529 CXCursor C, unsigned I);
3530
3531/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003532 * Determine whether two CXTypes represent the same type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003533 *
3534 * \returns non-zero if the CXTypes represent the same type and
3535 * zero otherwise.
3536 */
3537CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalTypes(CXType A, CXType B);
3538
3539/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003540 * Return the canonical type for a CXType.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003541 *
3542 * Clang's type system explicitly models typedefs and all the ways
3543 * a specific type can be represented. The canonical type is the underlying
3544 * type with all the "sugar" removed. For example, if 'T' is a typedef
3545 * for 'int', the canonical type for 'T' would be 'int'.
3546 */
3547CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCanonicalType(CXType T);
3548
3549/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003550 * Determine whether a CXType has the "const" qualifier set,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003551 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "const" at a
3552 * different level.
3553 */
3554CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isConstQualifiedType(CXType T);
3555
3556/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003557 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a macro, is
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003558 * function like.
3559 */
3560CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroFunctionLike(CXCursor C);
3561
3562/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003563 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a macro, is a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003564 * builtin one.
3565 */
3566CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroBuiltin(CXCursor C);
3567
3568/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003569 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a function declaration, is an
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003570 * inline declaration.
3571 */
3572CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isFunctionInlined(CXCursor C);
3573
3574/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003575 * Determine whether a CXType has the "volatile" qualifier set,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003576 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "volatile" at
3577 * a different level.
3578 */
3579CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVolatileQualifiedType(CXType T);
3580
3581/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003582 * Determine whether a CXType has the "restrict" qualifier set,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003583 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "restrict" at a
3584 * different level.
3585 */
3586CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isRestrictQualifiedType(CXType T);
3587
3588/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003589 * Returns the address space of the given type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003590 */
3591CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getAddressSpace(CXType T);
3592
3593/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003594 * Returns the typedef name of the given type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003595 */
3596CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypedefName(CXType CT);
3597
3598/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003599 * For pointer types, returns the type of the pointee.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003600 */
3601CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getPointeeType(CXType T);
3602
3603/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003604 * Return the cursor for the declaration of the given type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003605 */
3606CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTypeDeclaration(CXType T);
3607
3608/**
3609 * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified declaration.
3610 */
3611CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDeclObjCTypeEncoding(CXCursor C);
3612
3613/**
3614 * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified CXType.
3615 */
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003616CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Type_getObjCEncoding(CXType type);
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003617
3618/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003619 * Retrieve the spelling of a given CXTypeKind.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003620 */
3621CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeKindSpelling(enum CXTypeKind K);
3622
3623/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003624 * Retrieve the calling convention associated with a function type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003625 *
3626 * If a non-function type is passed in, CXCallingConv_Invalid is returned.
3627 */
3628CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCallingConv clang_getFunctionTypeCallingConv(CXType T);
3629
3630/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003631 * Retrieve the return type associated with a function type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003632 *
3633 * If a non-function type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3634 */
3635CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getResultType(CXType T);
3636
3637/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003638 * Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a function type.
3639 * This is a value of type CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003640 *
3641 * If a non-function type is passed in, an error code of -1 is returned.
3642 */
3643CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getExceptionSpecificationType(CXType T);
3644
3645/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003646 * Retrieve the number of non-variadic parameters associated with a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003647 * function type.
3648 *
3649 * If a non-function type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3650 */
3651CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getNumArgTypes(CXType T);
3652
3653/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003654 * Retrieve the type of a parameter of a function type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003655 *
3656 * If a non-function type is passed in or the function does not have enough
3657 * parameters, an invalid type is returned.
3658 */
3659CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArgType(CXType T, unsigned i);
3660
3661/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003662 * Retrieves the base type of the ObjCObjectType.
3663 *
3664 * If the type is not an ObjC object, an invalid type is returned.
3665 */
3666CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getObjCObjectBaseType(CXType T);
3667
3668/**
3669 * Retrieve the number of protocol references associated with an ObjC object/id.
3670 *
3671 * If the type is not an ObjC object, 0 is returned.
3672 */
3673CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_getNumObjCProtocolRefs(CXType T);
3674
3675/**
3676 * Retrieve the decl for a protocol reference for an ObjC object/id.
3677 *
3678 * If the type is not an ObjC object or there are not enough protocol
3679 * references, an invalid cursor is returned.
3680 */
3681CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Type_getObjCProtocolDecl(CXType T, unsigned i);
3682
3683/**
3684 * Retreive the number of type arguments associated with an ObjC object.
3685 *
3686 * If the type is not an ObjC object, 0 is returned.
3687 */
3688CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_getNumObjCTypeArgs(CXType T);
3689
3690/**
3691 * Retrieve a type argument associated with an ObjC object.
3692 *
3693 * If the type is not an ObjC or the index is not valid,
3694 * an invalid type is returned.
3695 */
3696CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getObjCTypeArg(CXType T, unsigned i);
3697
3698/**
3699 * Return 1 if the CXType is a variadic function type, and 0 otherwise.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003700 */
3701CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isFunctionTypeVariadic(CXType T);
3702
3703/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003704 * Retrieve the return type associated with a given cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003705 *
3706 * This only returns a valid type if the cursor refers to a function or method.
3707 */
3708CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorResultType(CXCursor C);
3709
3710/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003711 * Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a given cursor.
3712 * This is a value of type CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003713 *
3714 * This only returns a valid result if the cursor refers to a function or method.
3715 */
3716CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getCursorExceptionSpecificationType(CXCursor C);
3717
3718/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003719 * Return 1 if the CXType is a POD (plain old data) type, and 0
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003720 * otherwise.
3721 */
3722CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPODType(CXType T);
3723
3724/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003725 * Return the element type of an array, complex, or vector type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003726 *
3727 * If a type is passed in that is not an array, complex, or vector type,
3728 * an invalid type is returned.
3729 */
3730CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getElementType(CXType T);
3731
3732/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003733 * Return the number of elements of an array or vector type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003734 *
3735 * If a type is passed in that is not an array or vector type,
3736 * -1 is returned.
3737 */
3738CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getNumElements(CXType T);
3739
3740/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003741 * Return the element type of an array type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003742 *
3743 * If a non-array type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3744 */
3745CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArrayElementType(CXType T);
3746
3747/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003748 * Return the array size of a constant array.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003749 *
3750 * If a non-array type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3751 */
3752CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getArraySize(CXType T);
3753
3754/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003755 * Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003756 *
3757 * If a non-elaborated type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3758 */
3759CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getNamedType(CXType T);
3760
3761/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003762 * Determine if a typedef is 'transparent' tag.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003763 *
3764 * A typedef is considered 'transparent' if it shares a name and spelling
3765 * location with its underlying tag type, as is the case with the NS_ENUM macro.
3766 *
3767 * \returns non-zero if transparent and zero otherwise.
3768 */
3769CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_isTransparentTagTypedef(CXType T);
3770
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003771enum CXTypeNullabilityKind {
3772 /**
3773 * Values of this type can never be null.
3774 */
3775 CXTypeNullability_NonNull = 0,
3776 /**
3777 * Values of this type can be null.
3778 */
3779 CXTypeNullability_Nullable = 1,
3780 /**
3781 * Whether values of this type can be null is (explicitly)
3782 * unspecified. This captures a (fairly rare) case where we
3783 * can't conclude anything about the nullability of the type even
3784 * though it has been considered.
3785 */
3786 CXTypeNullability_Unspecified = 2,
3787 /**
3788 * Nullability is not applicable to this type.
3789 */
3790 CXTypeNullability_Invalid = 3
3791};
3792
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003793/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003794 * Retrieve the nullability kind of a pointer type.
3795 */
3796CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTypeNullabilityKind clang_Type_getNullability(CXType T);
3797
3798/**
3799 * List the possible error codes for \c clang_Type_getSizeOf,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003800 * \c clang_Type_getAlignOf, \c clang_Type_getOffsetOf and
3801 * \c clang_Cursor_getOffsetOf.
3802 *
3803 * A value of this enumeration type can be returned if the target type is not
3804 * a valid argument to sizeof, alignof or offsetof.
3805 */
3806enum CXTypeLayoutError {
3807 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003808 * Type is of kind CXType_Invalid.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003809 */
3810 CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid = -1,
3811 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003812 * The type is an incomplete Type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003813 */
3814 CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete = -2,
3815 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003816 * The type is a dependent Type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003817 */
3818 CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent = -3,
3819 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003820 * The type is not a constant size type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003821 */
3822 CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize = -4,
3823 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003824 * The Field name is not valid for this record.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003825 */
3826 CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName = -5
3827};
3828
3829/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003830 * Return the alignment of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.alignof]
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003831 * standard.
3832 *
3833 * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3834 * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3835 * is returned.
3836 * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3837 * returned.
3838 * If the type declaration is not a constant size type,
3839 * CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize is returned.
3840 */
3841CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getAlignOf(CXType T);
3842
3843/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003844 * Return the class type of an member pointer type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003845 *
3846 * If a non-member-pointer type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3847 */
3848CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getClassType(CXType T);
3849
3850/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003851 * Return the size of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.sizeof] standard.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003852 *
3853 * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3854 * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3855 * is returned.
3856 * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3857 * returned.
3858 */
3859CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getSizeOf(CXType T);
3860
3861/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003862 * Return the offset of a field named S in a record of type T in bits
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003863 * as it would be returned by __offsetof__ as per C++11[18.2p4]
3864 *
3865 * If the cursor is not a record field declaration, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid
3866 * is returned.
3867 * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3868 * CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3869 * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3870 * CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3871 * If the field's name S is not found,
3872 * CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3873 */
3874CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getOffsetOf(CXType T, const char *S);
3875
3876/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003877 * Return the type that was modified by this attributed type.
3878 *
3879 * If the type is not an attributed type, an invalid type is returned.
3880 */
3881CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getModifiedType(CXType T);
3882
3883/**
3884 * Return the offset of the field represented by the Cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003885 *
3886 * If the cursor is not a field declaration, -1 is returned.
3887 * If the cursor semantic parent is not a record field declaration,
3888 * CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3889 * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3890 * CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3891 * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3892 * CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3893 * If the field's name S is not found,
3894 * CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3895 */
3896CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getOffsetOfField(CXCursor C);
3897
3898/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003899 * Determine whether the given cursor represents an anonymous record
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003900 * declaration.
3901 */
3902CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isAnonymous(CXCursor C);
3903
3904enum CXRefQualifierKind {
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003905 /** No ref-qualifier was provided. */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003906 CXRefQualifier_None = 0,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003907 /** An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003908 CXRefQualifier_LValue,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003909 /** An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). */
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003910 CXRefQualifier_RValue
3911};
3912
3913/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003914 * Returns the number of template arguments for given template
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003915 * specialization, or -1 if type \c T is not a template specialization.
3916 */
3917CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Type_getNumTemplateArguments(CXType T);
3918
3919/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003920 * Returns the type template argument of a template class specialization
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003921 * at given index.
3922 *
3923 * This function only returns template type arguments and does not handle
3924 * template template arguments or variadic packs.
3925 */
3926CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getTemplateArgumentAsType(CXType T, unsigned i);
3927
3928/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003929 * Retrieve the ref-qualifier kind of a function or method.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003930 *
3931 * The ref-qualifier is returned for C++ functions or methods. For other types
3932 * or non-C++ declarations, CXRefQualifier_None is returned.
3933 */
3934CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXRefQualifierKind clang_Type_getCXXRefQualifier(CXType T);
3935
3936/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003937 * Returns non-zero if the cursor specifies a Record member that is a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003938 * bitfield.
3939 */
3940CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isBitField(CXCursor C);
3941
3942/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003943 * Returns 1 if the base class specified by the cursor with kind
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003944 * CX_CXXBaseSpecifier is virtual.
3945 */
3946CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVirtualBase(CXCursor);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003947
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003948/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003949 * Represents the C++ access control level to a base class for a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003950 * cursor with kind CX_CXXBaseSpecifier.
3951 */
3952enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier {
3953 CX_CXXInvalidAccessSpecifier,
3954 CX_CXXPublic,
3955 CX_CXXProtected,
3956 CX_CXXPrivate
3957};
3958
3959/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003960 * Returns the access control level for the referenced object.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003961 *
3962 * If the cursor refers to a C++ declaration, its access control level within its
3963 * parent scope is returned. Otherwise, if the cursor refers to a base specifier or
3964 * access specifier, the specifier itself is returned.
3965 */
3966CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier clang_getCXXAccessSpecifier(CXCursor);
3967
3968/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003969 * Represents the storage classes as declared in the source. CX_SC_Invalid
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003970 * was added for the case that the passed cursor in not a declaration.
3971 */
3972enum CX_StorageClass {
3973 CX_SC_Invalid,
3974 CX_SC_None,
3975 CX_SC_Extern,
3976 CX_SC_Static,
3977 CX_SC_PrivateExtern,
3978 CX_SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal,
3979 CX_SC_Auto,
3980 CX_SC_Register
3981};
3982
3983/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003984 * Returns the storage class for a function or variable declaration.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003985 *
3986 * If the passed in Cursor is not a function or variable declaration,
3987 * CX_SC_Invalid is returned else the storage class.
3988 */
3989CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_StorageClass clang_Cursor_getStorageClass(CXCursor);
3990
3991/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01003992 * Determine the number of overloaded declarations referenced by a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01003993 * \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
3994 *
3995 * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
3996 *
3997 * \returns The number of overloaded declarations referenced by \c cursor. If it
3998 * is not a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor, returns 0.
3999 */
4000CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor cursor);
4001
4002/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004003 * Retrieve a cursor for one of the overloaded declarations referenced
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004004 * by a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
4005 *
4006 * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
4007 *
4008 * \param index The zero-based index into the set of overloaded declarations in
4009 * the cursor.
4010 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004011 * \returns A cursor representing the declaration referenced by the given
4012 * \c cursor at the specified \c index. If the cursor does not have an
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004013 * associated set of overloaded declarations, or if the index is out of bounds,
4014 * returns \c clang_getNullCursor();
4015 */
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004016CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004017 unsigned index);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004018
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004019/**
4020 * @}
4021 */
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004022
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004023/**
4024 * \defgroup CINDEX_ATTRIBUTES Information for attributes
4025 *
4026 * @{
4027 */
4028
4029/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004030 * For cursors representing an iboutletcollection attribute,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004031 * this function returns the collection element type.
4032 *
4033 */
4034CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor);
4035
4036/**
4037 * @}
4038 */
4039
4040/**
4041 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_TRAVERSAL Traversing the AST with cursors
4042 *
4043 * These routines provide the ability to traverse the abstract syntax tree
4044 * using cursors.
4045 *
4046 * @{
4047 */
4048
4049/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004050 * Describes how the traversal of the children of a particular
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004051 * cursor should proceed after visiting a particular child cursor.
4052 *
4053 * A value of this enumeration type should be returned by each
4054 * \c CXCursorVisitor to indicate how clang_visitChildren() proceed.
4055 */
4056enum CXChildVisitResult {
4057 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004058 * Terminates the cursor traversal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004059 */
4060 CXChildVisit_Break,
4061 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004062 * Continues the cursor traversal with the next sibling of
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004063 * the cursor just visited, without visiting its children.
4064 */
4065 CXChildVisit_Continue,
4066 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004067 * Recursively traverse the children of this cursor, using
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004068 * the same visitor and client data.
4069 */
4070 CXChildVisit_Recurse
4071};
4072
4073/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004074 * Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004075 *
4076 * This visitor function will be invoked for each cursor found by
4077 * clang_visitCursorChildren(). Its first argument is the cursor being
4078 * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor,
4079 * and its third argument is the client data provided to
4080 * clang_visitCursorChildren().
4081 *
4082 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
4083 * to direct clang_visitCursorChildren().
4084 */
4085typedef enum CXChildVisitResult (*CXCursorVisitor)(CXCursor cursor,
4086 CXCursor parent,
4087 CXClientData client_data);
4088
4089/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004090 * Visit the children of a particular cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004091 *
4092 * This function visits all the direct children of the given cursor,
4093 * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
4094 * visited child. The traversal may be recursive, if the visitor returns
4095 * \c CXChildVisit_Recurse. The traversal may also be ended prematurely, if
4096 * the visitor returns \c CXChildVisit_Break.
4097 *
4098 * \param parent the cursor whose child may be visited. All kinds of
4099 * cursors can be visited, including invalid cursors (which, by
4100 * definition, have no children).
4101 *
4102 * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
4103 * child of \p parent.
4104 *
4105 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
4106 * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
4107 *
4108 * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
4109 * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXChildVisit_Break.
4110 */
4111CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent,
4112 CXCursorVisitor visitor,
4113 CXClientData client_data);
4114#ifdef __has_feature
4115# if __has_feature(blocks)
4116/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004117 * Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004118 *
4119 * This visitor block will be invoked for each cursor found by
4120 * clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(). Its first argument is the cursor being
4121 * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor.
4122 *
4123 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
4124 * to direct clang_visitChildrenWithBlock().
4125 */
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004126typedef enum CXChildVisitResult
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004127 (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
4128
4129/**
4130 * Visits the children of a cursor using the specified block. Behaves
4131 * identically to clang_visitChildren() in all other respects.
4132 */
4133CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent,
4134 CXCursorVisitorBlock block);
4135# endif
4136#endif
4137
4138/**
4139 * @}
4140 */
4141
4142/**
4143 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_XREF Cross-referencing in the AST
4144 *
4145 * These routines provide the ability to determine references within and
4146 * across translation units, by providing the names of the entities referenced
4147 * by cursors, follow reference cursors to the declarations they reference,
4148 * and associate declarations with their definitions.
4149 *
4150 * @{
4151 */
4152
4153/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004154 * Retrieve a Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) for the entity referenced
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004155 * by the given cursor.
4156 *
4157 * A Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) is a string that identifies a particular
4158 * entity (function, class, variable, etc.) within a program. USRs can be
4159 * compared across translation units to determine, e.g., when references in
4160 * one translation refer to an entity defined in another translation unit.
4161 */
4162CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorUSR(CXCursor);
4163
4164/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004165 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C class.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004166 */
4167CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCClass(const char *class_name);
4168
4169/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004170 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C category.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004171 */
4172CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4173 clang_constructUSR_ObjCCategory(const char *class_name,
4174 const char *category_name);
4175
4176/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004177 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C protocol.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004178 */
4179CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4180 clang_constructUSR_ObjCProtocol(const char *protocol_name);
4181
4182/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004183 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C instance variable and
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004184 * the USR for its containing class.
4185 */
4186CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCIvar(const char *name,
4187 CXString classUSR);
4188
4189/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004190 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C method and
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004191 * the USR for its containing class.
4192 */
4193CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCMethod(const char *name,
4194 unsigned isInstanceMethod,
4195 CXString classUSR);
4196
4197/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004198 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C property and the USR
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004199 * for its containing class.
4200 */
4201CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCProperty(const char *property,
4202 CXString classUSR);
4203
4204/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004205 * Retrieve a name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004206 */
4207CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor);
4208
4209/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004210 * Retrieve a range for a piece that forms the cursors spelling name.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004211 * Most of the times there is only one range for the complete spelling but for
4212 * Objective-C methods and Objective-C message expressions, there are multiple
4213 * pieces for each selector identifier.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004214 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004215 * \param pieceIndex the index of the spelling name piece. If this is greater
4216 * than the actual number of pieces, it will return a NULL (invalid) range.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004217 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004218 * \param options Reserved.
4219 */
4220CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor,
4221 unsigned pieceIndex,
4222 unsigned options);
4223
4224/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004225 * Opaque pointer representing a policy that controls pretty printing
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004226 * for \c clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted.
4227 */
4228typedef void *CXPrintingPolicy;
4229
4230/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004231 * Properties for the printing policy.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004232 *
4233 * See \c clang::PrintingPolicy for more information.
4234 */
4235enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty {
4236 CXPrintingPolicy_Indentation,
4237 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressSpecifiers,
4238 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTagKeyword,
4239 CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeTagDefinition,
4240 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressScope,
4241 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressUnwrittenScope,
4242 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressInitializers,
4243 CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantArraySizeAsWritten,
4244 CXPrintingPolicy_AnonymousTagLocations,
4245 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressStrongLifetime,
4246 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressLifetimeQualifiers,
4247 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors,
4248 CXPrintingPolicy_Bool,
4249 CXPrintingPolicy_Restrict,
4250 CXPrintingPolicy_Alignof,
4251 CXPrintingPolicy_UnderscoreAlignof,
4252 CXPrintingPolicy_UseVoidForZeroParams,
4253 CXPrintingPolicy_TerseOutput,
4254 CXPrintingPolicy_PolishForDeclaration,
4255 CXPrintingPolicy_Half,
4256 CXPrintingPolicy_MSWChar,
4257 CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeNewlines,
4258 CXPrintingPolicy_MSVCFormatting,
4259 CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantsAsWritten,
4260 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressImplicitBase,
4261 CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName,
4262
4263 CXPrintingPolicy_LastProperty = CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName
4264};
4265
4266/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004267 * Get a property value for the given printing policy.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004268 */
4269CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4270clang_PrintingPolicy_getProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy,
4271 enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property);
4272
4273/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004274 * Set a property value for the given printing policy.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004275 */
4276CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_PrintingPolicy_setProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy,
4277 enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property,
4278 unsigned Value);
4279
4280/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004281 * Retrieve the default policy for the cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004282 *
4283 * The policy should be released after use with \c
4284 * clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose.
4285 */
4286CINDEX_LINKAGE CXPrintingPolicy clang_getCursorPrintingPolicy(CXCursor);
4287
4288/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004289 * Release a printing policy.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004290 */
4291CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose(CXPrintingPolicy Policy);
4292
4293/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004294 * Pretty print declarations.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004295 *
4296 * \param Cursor The cursor representing a declaration.
4297 *
4298 * \param Policy The policy to control the entities being printed. If
4299 * NULL, a default policy is used.
4300 *
4301 * \returns The pretty printed declaration or the empty string for
4302 * other cursors.
4303 */
4304CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted(CXCursor Cursor,
4305 CXPrintingPolicy Policy);
4306
4307/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004308 * Retrieve the display name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004309 *
4310 * The display name contains extra information that helps identify the cursor,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004311 * such as the parameters of a function or template or the arguments of a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004312 * class template specialization.
4313 */
4314CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004315
4316/** For a cursor that is a reference, retrieve a cursor representing the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004317 * entity that it references.
4318 *
4319 * Reference cursors refer to other entities in the AST. For example, an
4320 * Objective-C superclass reference cursor refers to an Objective-C class.
4321 * This function produces the cursor for the Objective-C class from the
4322 * cursor for the superclass reference. If the input cursor is a declaration or
4323 * definition, it returns that declaration or definition unchanged.
4324 * Otherwise, returns the NULL cursor.
4325 */
4326CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor);
4327
4328/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004329 * For a cursor that is either a reference to or a declaration
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004330 * of some entity, retrieve a cursor that describes the definition of
4331 * that entity.
4332 *
4333 * Some entities can be declared multiple times within a translation
4334 * unit, but only one of those declarations can also be a
4335 * definition. For example, given:
4336 *
4337 * \code
4338 * int f(int, int);
4339 * int g(int x, int y) { return f(x, y); }
4340 * int f(int a, int b) { return a + b; }
4341 * int f(int, int);
4342 * \endcode
4343 *
4344 * there are three declarations of the function "f", but only the
4345 * second one is a definition. The clang_getCursorDefinition()
4346 * function will take any cursor pointing to a declaration of "f"
4347 * (the first or fourth lines of the example) or a cursor referenced
4348 * that uses "f" (the call to "f' inside "g") and will return a
4349 * declaration cursor pointing to the definition (the second "f"
4350 * declaration).
4351 *
4352 * If given a cursor for which there is no corresponding definition,
4353 * e.g., because there is no definition of that entity within this
4354 * translation unit, returns a NULL cursor.
4355 */
4356CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
4357
4358/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004359 * Determine whether the declaration pointed to by this cursor
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004360 * is also a definition of that entity.
4361 */
4362CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
4363
4364/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004365 * Retrieve the canonical cursor corresponding to the given cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004366 *
4367 * In the C family of languages, many kinds of entities can be declared several
4368 * times within a single translation unit. For example, a structure type can
4369 * be forward-declared (possibly multiple times) and later defined:
4370 *
4371 * \code
4372 * struct X;
4373 * struct X;
4374 * struct X {
4375 * int member;
4376 * };
4377 * \endcode
4378 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004379 * The declarations and the definition of \c X are represented by three
4380 * different cursors, all of which are declarations of the same underlying
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004381 * entity. One of these cursor is considered the "canonical" cursor, which
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004382 * is effectively the representative for the underlying entity. One can
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004383 * determine if two cursors are declarations of the same underlying entity by
4384 * comparing their canonical cursors.
4385 *
4386 * \returns The canonical cursor for the entity referred to by the given cursor.
4387 */
4388CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor);
4389
4390/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004391 * If the cursor points to a selector identifier in an Objective-C
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004392 * method or message expression, this returns the selector index.
4393 *
4394 * After getting a cursor with #clang_getCursor, this can be called to
4395 * determine if the location points to a selector identifier.
4396 *
4397 * \returns The selector index if the cursor is an Objective-C method or message
4398 * expression and the cursor is pointing to a selector identifier, or -1
4399 * otherwise.
4400 */
4401CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor);
4402
4403/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004404 * Given a cursor pointing to a C++ method call or an Objective-C
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004405 * message, returns non-zero if the method/message is "dynamic", meaning:
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004406 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004407 * For a C++ method: the call is virtual.
4408 * For an Objective-C message: the receiver is an object instance, not 'super'
4409 * or a specific class.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004410 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004411 * If the method/message is "static" or the cursor does not point to a
4412 * method/message, it will return zero.
4413 */
4414CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isDynamicCall(CXCursor C);
4415
4416/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004417 * Given a cursor pointing to an Objective-C message or property
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004418 * reference, or C++ method call, returns the CXType of the receiver.
4419 */
4420CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getReceiverType(CXCursor C);
4421
4422/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004423 * Property attributes for a \c CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004424 */
4425typedef enum {
4426 CXObjCPropertyAttr_noattr = 0x00,
4427 CXObjCPropertyAttr_readonly = 0x01,
4428 CXObjCPropertyAttr_getter = 0x02,
4429 CXObjCPropertyAttr_assign = 0x04,
4430 CXObjCPropertyAttr_readwrite = 0x08,
4431 CXObjCPropertyAttr_retain = 0x10,
4432 CXObjCPropertyAttr_copy = 0x20,
4433 CXObjCPropertyAttr_nonatomic = 0x40,
4434 CXObjCPropertyAttr_setter = 0x80,
4435 CXObjCPropertyAttr_atomic = 0x100,
4436 CXObjCPropertyAttr_weak = 0x200,
4437 CXObjCPropertyAttr_strong = 0x400,
4438 CXObjCPropertyAttr_unsafe_unretained = 0x800,
4439 CXObjCPropertyAttr_class = 0x1000
4440} CXObjCPropertyAttrKind;
4441
4442/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004443 * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004444 * associated property attributes. The bits are formed from
4445 * \c CXObjCPropertyAttrKind.
4446 *
4447 * \param reserved Reserved for future use, pass 0.
4448 */
4449CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyAttributes(CXCursor C,
4450 unsigned reserved);
4451
4452/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004453 * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
4454 * name of the method that implements the getter.
4455 */
4456CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyGetterName(CXCursor C);
4457
4458/**
4459 * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
4460 * name of the method that implements the setter, if any.
4461 */
4462CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertySetterName(CXCursor C);
4463
4464/**
4465 * 'Qualifiers' written next to the return and parameter types in
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004466 * Objective-C method declarations.
4467 */
4468typedef enum {
4469 CXObjCDeclQualifier_None = 0x0,
4470 CXObjCDeclQualifier_In = 0x1,
4471 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Inout = 0x2,
4472 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Out = 0x4,
4473 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Bycopy = 0x8,
4474 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Byref = 0x10,
4475 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Oneway = 0x20
4476} CXObjCDeclQualifierKind;
4477
4478/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004479 * Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or parameter
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004480 * declaration, return the associated Objective-C qualifiers for the return
4481 * type or the parameter respectively. The bits are formed from
4482 * CXObjCDeclQualifierKind.
4483 */
4484CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCDeclQualifiers(CXCursor C);
4485
4486/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004487 * Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or property
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004488 * declaration, return non-zero if the declaration was affected by "\@optional".
4489 * Returns zero if the cursor is not such a declaration or it is "\@required".
4490 */
4491CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isObjCOptional(CXCursor C);
4492
4493/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004494 * Returns non-zero if the given cursor is a variadic function or method.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004495 */
4496CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isVariadic(CXCursor C);
4497
4498/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004499 * Returns non-zero if the given cursor points to a symbol marked with
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004500 * external_source_symbol attribute.
4501 *
4502 * \param language If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4503 * the 'language' string from the attribute.
4504 *
4505 * \param definedIn If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4506 * the 'definedIn' string from the attribute.
4507 *
4508 * \param isGenerated If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4509 * non-zero if the 'generated_declaration' is set in the attribute.
4510 */
4511CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isExternalSymbol(CXCursor C,
4512 CXString *language, CXString *definedIn,
4513 unsigned *isGenerated);
4514
4515/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004516 * Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004517 * comment's source range. The range may include multiple consecutive comments
4518 * with whitespace in between.
4519 */
4520CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C);
4521
4522/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004523 * Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004524 * comment text, including comment markers.
4525 */
4526CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C);
4527
4528/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004529 * Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g.,
4530 * declaration), return the associated \paragraph; otherwise return the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004531 * first paragraph.
4532 */
4533CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C);
4534
4535/**
4536 * @}
4537 */
4538
4539/** \defgroup CINDEX_MANGLE Name Mangling API Functions
4540 *
4541 * @{
4542 */
4543
4544/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004545 * Retrieve the CXString representing the mangled name of the cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004546 */
4547CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getMangling(CXCursor);
4548
4549/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004550 * Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the C++
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004551 * constructor or destructor at the cursor.
4552 */
4553CINDEX_LINKAGE CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getCXXManglings(CXCursor);
4554
4555/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004556 * Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the ObjC
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004557 * class interface or implementation at the cursor.
4558 */
4559CINDEX_LINKAGE CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getObjCManglings(CXCursor);
4560
4561/**
4562 * @}
4563 */
4564
4565/**
4566 * \defgroup CINDEX_MODULE Module introspection
4567 *
4568 * The functions in this group provide access to information about modules.
4569 *
4570 * @{
4571 */
4572
4573typedef void *CXModule;
4574
4575/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004576 * Given a CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl cursor, return the associated module.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004577 */
4578CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C);
4579
4580/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004581 * Given a CXFile header file, return the module that contains it, if one
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004582 * exists.
4583 */
4584CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_getModuleForFile(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile);
4585
4586/**
4587 * \param Module a module object.
4588 *
4589 * \returns the module file where the provided module object came from.
4590 */
4591CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_Module_getASTFile(CXModule Module);
4592
4593/**
4594 * \param Module a module object.
4595 *
4596 * \returns the parent of a sub-module or NULL if the given module is top-level,
4597 * e.g. for 'std.vector' it will return the 'std' module.
4598 */
4599CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule Module);
4600
4601/**
4602 * \param Module a module object.
4603 *
4604 * \returns the name of the module, e.g. for the 'std.vector' sub-module it
4605 * will return "vector".
4606 */
4607CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule Module);
4608
4609/**
4610 * \param Module a module object.
4611 *
4612 * \returns the full name of the module, e.g. "std.vector".
4613 */
4614CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule Module);
4615
4616/**
4617 * \param Module a module object.
4618 *
4619 * \returns non-zero if the module is a system one.
4620 */
4621CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Module_isSystem(CXModule Module);
4622
4623/**
4624 * \param Module a module object.
4625 *
4626 * \returns the number of top level headers associated with this module.
4627 */
4628CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXTranslationUnit,
4629 CXModule Module);
4630
4631/**
4632 * \param Module a module object.
4633 *
4634 * \param Index top level header index (zero-based).
4635 *
4636 * \returns the specified top level header associated with the module.
4637 */
4638CINDEX_LINKAGE
4639CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXTranslationUnit,
4640 CXModule Module, unsigned Index);
4641
4642/**
4643 * @}
4644 */
4645
4646/**
4647 * \defgroup CINDEX_CPP C++ AST introspection
4648 *
4649 * The routines in this group provide access information in the ASTs specific
4650 * to C++ language features.
4651 *
4652 * @{
4653 */
4654
4655/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004656 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a converting constructor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004657 */
4658CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isConvertingConstructor(CXCursor C);
4659
4660/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004661 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a copy constructor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004662 */
4663CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isCopyConstructor(CXCursor C);
4664
4665/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004666 * Determine if a C++ constructor is the default constructor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004667 */
4668CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isDefaultConstructor(CXCursor C);
4669
4670/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004671 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a move constructor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004672 */
4673CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isMoveConstructor(CXCursor C);
4674
4675/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004676 * Determine if a C++ field is declared 'mutable'.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004677 */
4678CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXField_isMutable(CXCursor C);
4679
4680/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004681 * Determine if a C++ method is declared '= default'.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004682 */
4683CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isDefaulted(CXCursor C);
4684
4685/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004686 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004687 * pure virtual.
4688 */
4689CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isPureVirtual(CXCursor C);
4690
4691/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004692 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004693 * declared 'static'.
4694 */
4695CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C);
4696
4697/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004698 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004699 * explicitly declared 'virtual' or if it overrides a virtual method from
4700 * one of the base classes.
4701 */
4702CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C);
4703
4704/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004705 * Determine if a C++ record is abstract, i.e. whether a class or struct
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004706 * has a pure virtual member function.
4707 */
4708CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXRecord_isAbstract(CXCursor C);
4709
4710/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004711 * Determine if an enum declaration refers to a scoped enum.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004712 */
4713CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_EnumDecl_isScoped(CXCursor C);
4714
4715/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004716 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004717 * declared 'const'.
4718 */
4719CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isConst(CXCursor C);
4720
4721/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004722 * Given a cursor that represents a template, determine
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004723 * the cursor kind of the specializations would be generated by instantiating
4724 * the template.
4725 *
4726 * This routine can be used to determine what flavor of function template,
4727 * class template, or class template partial specialization is stored in the
4728 * cursor. For example, it can describe whether a class template cursor is
4729 * declared with "struct", "class" or "union".
4730 *
4731 * \param C The cursor to query. This cursor should represent a template
4732 * declaration.
4733 *
4734 * \returns The cursor kind of the specializations that would be generated
4735 * by instantiating the template \p C. If \p C is not a template, returns
4736 * \c CXCursor_NoDeclFound.
4737 */
4738CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getTemplateCursorKind(CXCursor C);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004739
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004740/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004741 * Given a cursor that may represent a specialization or instantiation
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004742 * of a template, retrieve the cursor that represents the template that it
4743 * specializes or from which it was instantiated.
4744 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004745 * This routine determines the template involved both for explicit
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004746 * specializations of templates and for implicit instantiations of the template,
4747 * both of which are referred to as "specializations". For a class template
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004748 * specialization (e.g., \c std::vector<bool>), this routine will return
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004749 * either the primary template (\c std::vector) or, if the specialization was
4750 * instantiated from a class template partial specialization, the class template
4751 * partial specialization. For a class template partial specialization and a
4752 * function template specialization (including instantiations), this
4753 * this routine will return the specialized template.
4754 *
4755 * For members of a class template (e.g., member functions, member classes, or
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004756 * static data members), returns the specialized or instantiated member.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004757 * Although not strictly "templates" in the C++ language, members of class
4758 * templates have the same notions of specializations and instantiations that
4759 * templates do, so this routine treats them similarly.
4760 *
4761 * \param C A cursor that may be a specialization of a template or a member
4762 * of a template.
4763 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004764 * \returns If the given cursor is a specialization or instantiation of a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004765 * template or a member thereof, the template or member that it specializes or
4766 * from which it was instantiated. Otherwise, returns a NULL cursor.
4767 */
4768CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getSpecializedCursorTemplate(CXCursor C);
4769
4770/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004771 * Given a cursor that references something else, return the source range
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004772 * covering that reference.
4773 *
4774 * \param C A cursor pointing to a member reference, a declaration reference, or
4775 * an operator call.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004776 * \param NameFlags A bitset with three independent flags:
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004777 * CXNameRange_WantQualifier, CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs, and
4778 * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004779 * \param PieceIndex For contiguous names or when passing the flag
4780 * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece, only one piece with index 0 is
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004781 * available. When the CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece flag is not passed for a
4782 * non-contiguous names, this index can be used to retrieve the individual
4783 * pieces of the name. See also CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
4784 *
4785 * \returns The piece of the name pointed to by the given cursor. If there is no
4786 * name, or if the PieceIndex is out-of-range, a null-cursor will be returned.
4787 */
4788CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004789 unsigned NameFlags,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004790 unsigned PieceIndex);
4791
4792enum CXNameRefFlags {
4793 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004794 * Include the nested-name-specifier, e.g. Foo:: in x.Foo::y, in the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004795 * range.
4796 */
4797 CXNameRange_WantQualifier = 0x1,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004798
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004799 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004800 * Include the explicit template arguments, e.g. \<int> in x.f<int>,
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004801 * in the range.
4802 */
4803 CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs = 0x2,
4804
4805 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004806 * If the name is non-contiguous, return the full spanning range.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004807 *
4808 * Non-contiguous names occur in Objective-C when a selector with two or more
4809 * parameters is used, or in C++ when using an operator:
4810 * \code
4811 * [object doSomething:here withValue:there]; // Objective-C
4812 * return some_vector[1]; // C++
4813 * \endcode
4814 */
4815 CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece = 0x4
4816};
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004817
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004818/**
4819 * @}
4820 */
4821
4822/**
4823 * \defgroup CINDEX_LEX Token extraction and manipulation
4824 *
4825 * The routines in this group provide access to the tokens within a
4826 * translation unit, along with a semantic mapping of those tokens to
4827 * their corresponding cursors.
4828 *
4829 * @{
4830 */
4831
4832/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004833 * Describes a kind of token.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004834 */
4835typedef enum CXTokenKind {
4836 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004837 * A token that contains some kind of punctuation.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004838 */
4839 CXToken_Punctuation,
4840
4841 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004842 * A language keyword.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004843 */
4844 CXToken_Keyword,
4845
4846 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004847 * An identifier (that is not a keyword).
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004848 */
4849 CXToken_Identifier,
4850
4851 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004852 * A numeric, string, or character literal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004853 */
4854 CXToken_Literal,
4855
4856 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004857 * A comment.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004858 */
4859 CXToken_Comment
4860} CXTokenKind;
4861
4862/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004863 * Describes a single preprocessing token.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004864 */
4865typedef struct {
4866 unsigned int_data[4];
4867 void *ptr_data;
4868} CXToken;
4869
4870/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004871 * Get the raw lexical token starting with the given location.
4872 *
4873 * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
4874 *
4875 * \param Location the source location with which the token starts.
4876 *
4877 * \returns The token starting with the given location or NULL if no such token
4878 * exist. The returned pointer must be freed with clang_disposeTokens before the
4879 * translation unit is destroyed.
4880 */
4881CINDEX_LINKAGE CXToken *clang_getToken(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4882 CXSourceLocation Location);
4883
4884/**
4885 * Determine the kind of the given token.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004886 */
4887CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken);
4888
4889/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004890 * Determine the spelling of the given token.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004891 *
4892 * The spelling of a token is the textual representation of that token, e.g.,
4893 * the text of an identifier or keyword.
4894 */
4895CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
4896
4897/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004898 * Retrieve the source location of the given token.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004899 */
4900CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit,
4901 CXToken);
4902
4903/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004904 * Retrieve a source range that covers the given token.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004905 */
4906CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
4907
4908/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004909 * Tokenize the source code described by the given range into raw
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004910 * lexical tokens.
4911 *
4912 * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
4913 *
4914 * \param Range the source range in which text should be tokenized. All of the
4915 * tokens produced by tokenization will fall within this source range,
4916 *
4917 * \param Tokens this pointer will be set to point to the array of tokens
4918 * that occur within the given source range. The returned pointer must be
4919 * freed with clang_disposeTokens() before the translation unit is destroyed.
4920 *
4921 * \param NumTokens will be set to the number of tokens in the \c *Tokens
4922 * array.
4923 *
4924 */
4925CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range,
4926 CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens);
4927
4928/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004929 * Annotate the given set of tokens by providing cursors for each token
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004930 * that can be mapped to a specific entity within the abstract syntax tree.
4931 *
4932 * This token-annotation routine is equivalent to invoking
4933 * clang_getCursor() for the source locations of each of the
4934 * tokens. The cursors provided are filtered, so that only those
4935 * cursors that have a direct correspondence to the token are
4936 * accepted. For example, given a function call \c f(x),
4937 * clang_getCursor() would provide the following cursors:
4938 *
4939 * * when the cursor is over the 'f', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'f'.
4940 * * when the cursor is over the '(' or the ')', a CallExpr referring to 'f'.
4941 * * when the cursor is over the 'x', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'x'.
4942 *
4943 * Only the first and last of these cursors will occur within the
4944 * annotate, since the tokens "f" and "x' directly refer to a function
4945 * and a variable, respectively, but the parentheses are just a small
4946 * part of the full syntax of the function call expression, which is
4947 * not provided as an annotation.
4948 *
4949 * \param TU the translation unit that owns the given tokens.
4950 *
4951 * \param Tokens the set of tokens to annotate.
4952 *
4953 * \param NumTokens the number of tokens in \p Tokens.
4954 *
4955 * \param Cursors an array of \p NumTokens cursors, whose contents will be
4956 * replaced with the cursors corresponding to each token.
4957 */
4958CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4959 CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens,
4960 CXCursor *Cursors);
4961
4962/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01004963 * Free the given set of tokens.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01004964 */
4965CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4966 CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens);
4967
4968/**
4969 * @}
4970 */
4971
4972/**
4973 * \defgroup CINDEX_DEBUG Debugging facilities
4974 *
4975 * These routines are used for testing and debugging, only, and should not
4976 * be relied upon.
4977 *
4978 * @{
4979 */
4980
4981/* for debug/testing */
4982CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind);
4983CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor,
4984 const char **startBuf,
4985 const char **endBuf,
4986 unsigned *startLine,
4987 unsigned *startColumn,
4988 unsigned *endLine,
4989 unsigned *endColumn);
4990CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_enableStackTraces(void);
4991CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void*), void *user_data,
4992 unsigned stack_size);
4993
4994/**
4995 * @}
4996 */
4997
4998/**
4999 * \defgroup CINDEX_CODE_COMPLET Code completion
5000 *
5001 * Code completion involves taking an (incomplete) source file, along with
5002 * knowledge of where the user is actively editing that file, and suggesting
5003 * syntactically- and semantically-valid constructs that the user might want to
5004 * use at that particular point in the source code. These data structures and
5005 * routines provide support for code completion.
5006 *
5007 * @{
5008 */
5009
5010/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005011 * A semantic string that describes a code-completion result.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005012 *
5013 * A semantic string that describes the formatting of a code-completion
5014 * result as a single "template" of text that should be inserted into the
5015 * source buffer when a particular code-completion result is selected.
5016 * Each semantic string is made up of some number of "chunks", each of which
5017 * contains some text along with a description of what that text means, e.g.,
5018 * the name of the entity being referenced, whether the text chunk is part of
5019 * the template, or whether it is a "placeholder" that the user should replace
5020 * with actual code,of a specific kind. See \c CXCompletionChunkKind for a
5021 * description of the different kinds of chunks.
5022 */
5023typedef void *CXCompletionString;
5024
5025/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005026 * A single result of code completion.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005027 */
5028typedef struct {
5029 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005030 * The kind of entity that this completion refers to.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005031 *
5032 * The cursor kind will be a macro, keyword, or a declaration (one of the
5033 * *Decl cursor kinds), describing the entity that the completion is
5034 * referring to.
5035 *
5036 * \todo In the future, we would like to provide a full cursor, to allow
5037 * the client to extract additional information from declaration.
5038 */
5039 enum CXCursorKind CursorKind;
5040
5041 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005042 * The code-completion string that describes how to insert this
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005043 * code-completion result into the editing buffer.
5044 */
5045 CXCompletionString CompletionString;
5046} CXCompletionResult;
5047
5048/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005049 * Describes a single piece of text within a code-completion string.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005050 *
5051 * Each "chunk" within a code-completion string (\c CXCompletionString) is
5052 * either a piece of text with a specific "kind" that describes how that text
5053 * should be interpreted by the client or is another completion string.
5054 */
5055enum CXCompletionChunkKind {
5056 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005057 * A code-completion string that describes "optional" text that
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005058 * could be a part of the template (but is not required).
5059 *
5060 * The Optional chunk is the only kind of chunk that has a code-completion
5061 * string for its representation, which is accessible via
5062 * \c clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(). The code-completion string
5063 * describes an additional part of the template that is completely optional.
5064 * For example, optional chunks can be used to describe the placeholders for
5065 * arguments that match up with defaulted function parameters, e.g. given:
5066 *
5067 * \code
5068 * void f(int x, float y = 3.14, double z = 2.71828);
5069 * \endcode
5070 *
5071 * The code-completion string for this function would contain:
5072 * - a TypedText chunk for "f".
5073 * - a LeftParen chunk for "(".
5074 * - a Placeholder chunk for "int x"
5075 * - an Optional chunk containing the remaining defaulted arguments, e.g.,
5076 * - a Comma chunk for ","
5077 * - a Placeholder chunk for "float y"
5078 * - an Optional chunk containing the last defaulted argument:
5079 * - a Comma chunk for ","
5080 * - a Placeholder chunk for "double z"
5081 * - a RightParen chunk for ")"
5082 *
5083 * There are many ways to handle Optional chunks. Two simple approaches are:
5084 * - Completely ignore optional chunks, in which case the template for the
5085 * function "f" would only include the first parameter ("int x").
5086 * - Fully expand all optional chunks, in which case the template for the
5087 * function "f" would have all of the parameters.
5088 */
5089 CXCompletionChunk_Optional,
5090 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005091 * Text that a user would be expected to type to get this
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005092 * code-completion result.
5093 *
5094 * There will be exactly one "typed text" chunk in a semantic string, which
5095 * will typically provide the spelling of a keyword or the name of a
5096 * declaration that could be used at the current code point. Clients are
5097 * expected to filter the code-completion results based on the text in this
5098 * chunk.
5099 */
5100 CXCompletionChunk_TypedText,
5101 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005102 * Text that should be inserted as part of a code-completion result.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005103 *
5104 * A "text" chunk represents text that is part of the template to be
5105 * inserted into user code should this particular code-completion result
5106 * be selected.
5107 */
5108 CXCompletionChunk_Text,
5109 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005110 * Placeholder text that should be replaced by the user.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005111 *
5112 * A "placeholder" chunk marks a place where the user should insert text
5113 * into the code-completion template. For example, placeholders might mark
5114 * the function parameters for a function declaration, to indicate that the
5115 * user should provide arguments for each of those parameters. The actual
5116 * text in a placeholder is a suggestion for the text to display before
5117 * the user replaces the placeholder with real code.
5118 */
5119 CXCompletionChunk_Placeholder,
5120 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005121 * Informative text that should be displayed but never inserted as
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005122 * part of the template.
5123 *
5124 * An "informative" chunk contains annotations that can be displayed to
5125 * help the user decide whether a particular code-completion result is the
5126 * right option, but which is not part of the actual template to be inserted
5127 * by code completion.
5128 */
5129 CXCompletionChunk_Informative,
5130 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005131 * Text that describes the current parameter when code-completion is
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005132 * referring to function call, message send, or template specialization.
5133 *
5134 * A "current parameter" chunk occurs when code-completion is providing
5135 * information about a parameter corresponding to the argument at the
5136 * code-completion point. For example, given a function
5137 *
5138 * \code
5139 * int add(int x, int y);
5140 * \endcode
5141 *
5142 * and the source code \c add(, where the code-completion point is after the
5143 * "(", the code-completion string will contain a "current parameter" chunk
5144 * for "int x", indicating that the current argument will initialize that
5145 * parameter. After typing further, to \c add(17, (where the code-completion
5146 * point is after the ","), the code-completion string will contain a
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005147 * "current parameter" chunk to "int y".
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005148 */
5149 CXCompletionChunk_CurrentParameter,
5150 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005151 * A left parenthesis ('('), used to initiate a function call or
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005152 * signal the beginning of a function parameter list.
5153 */
5154 CXCompletionChunk_LeftParen,
5155 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005156 * A right parenthesis (')'), used to finish a function call or
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005157 * signal the end of a function parameter list.
5158 */
5159 CXCompletionChunk_RightParen,
5160 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005161 * A left bracket ('[').
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005162 */
5163 CXCompletionChunk_LeftBracket,
5164 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005165 * A right bracket (']').
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005166 */
5167 CXCompletionChunk_RightBracket,
5168 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005169 * A left brace ('{').
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005170 */
5171 CXCompletionChunk_LeftBrace,
5172 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005173 * A right brace ('}').
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005174 */
5175 CXCompletionChunk_RightBrace,
5176 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005177 * A left angle bracket ('<').
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005178 */
5179 CXCompletionChunk_LeftAngle,
5180 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005181 * A right angle bracket ('>').
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005182 */
5183 CXCompletionChunk_RightAngle,
5184 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005185 * A comma separator (',').
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005186 */
5187 CXCompletionChunk_Comma,
5188 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005189 * Text that specifies the result type of a given result.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005190 *
5191 * This special kind of informative chunk is not meant to be inserted into
5192 * the text buffer. Rather, it is meant to illustrate the type that an
5193 * expression using the given completion string would have.
5194 */
5195 CXCompletionChunk_ResultType,
5196 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005197 * A colon (':').
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005198 */
5199 CXCompletionChunk_Colon,
5200 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005201 * A semicolon (';').
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005202 */
5203 CXCompletionChunk_SemiColon,
5204 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005205 * An '=' sign.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005206 */
5207 CXCompletionChunk_Equal,
5208 /**
5209 * Horizontal space (' ').
5210 */
5211 CXCompletionChunk_HorizontalSpace,
5212 /**
5213 * Vertical space ('\\n'), after which it is generally a good idea to
5214 * perform indentation.
5215 */
5216 CXCompletionChunk_VerticalSpace
5217};
5218
5219/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005220 * Determine the kind of a particular chunk within a completion string.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005221 *
5222 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5223 *
5224 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5225 *
5226 * \returns the kind of the chunk at the index \c chunk_number.
5227 */
5228CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCompletionChunkKind
5229clang_getCompletionChunkKind(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5230 unsigned chunk_number);
5231
5232/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005233 * Retrieve the text associated with a particular chunk within a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005234 * completion string.
5235 *
5236 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5237 *
5238 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5239 *
5240 * \returns the text associated with the chunk at index \c chunk_number.
5241 */
5242CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
5243clang_getCompletionChunkText(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5244 unsigned chunk_number);
5245
5246/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005247 * Retrieve the completion string associated with a particular chunk
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005248 * within a completion string.
5249 *
5250 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5251 *
5252 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5253 *
5254 * \returns the completion string associated with the chunk at index
5255 * \c chunk_number.
5256 */
5257CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
5258clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5259 unsigned chunk_number);
5260
5261/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005262 * Retrieve the number of chunks in the given code-completion string.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005263 */
5264CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5265clang_getNumCompletionChunks(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5266
5267/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005268 * Determine the priority of this code completion.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005269 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005270 * The priority of a code completion indicates how likely it is that this
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005271 * particular completion is the completion that the user will select. The
5272 * priority is selected by various internal heuristics.
5273 *
5274 * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
5275 *
5276 * \returns The priority of this completion string. Smaller values indicate
5277 * higher-priority (more likely) completions.
5278 */
5279CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5280clang_getCompletionPriority(CXCompletionString completion_string);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005281
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005282/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005283 * Determine the availability of the entity that this code-completion
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005284 * string refers to.
5285 *
5286 * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
5287 *
5288 * \returns The availability of the completion string.
5289 */
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005290CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005291clang_getCompletionAvailability(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5292
5293/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005294 * Retrieve the number of annotations associated with the given
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005295 * completion string.
5296 *
5297 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5298 *
5299 * \returns the number of annotations associated with the given completion
5300 * string.
5301 */
5302CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5303clang_getCompletionNumAnnotations(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5304
5305/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005306 * Retrieve the annotation associated with the given completion string.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005307 *
5308 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5309 *
5310 * \param annotation_number the 0-based index of the annotation of the
5311 * completion string.
5312 *
5313 * \returns annotation string associated with the completion at index
5314 * \c annotation_number, or a NULL string if that annotation is not available.
5315 */
5316CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
5317clang_getCompletionAnnotation(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5318 unsigned annotation_number);
5319
5320/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005321 * Retrieve the parent context of the given completion string.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005322 *
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005323 * The parent context of a completion string is the semantic parent of
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005324 * the declaration (if any) that the code completion represents. For example,
5325 * a code completion for an Objective-C method would have the method's class
5326 * or protocol as its context.
5327 *
5328 * \param completion_string The code completion string whose parent is
5329 * being queried.
5330 *
5331 * \param kind DEPRECATED: always set to CXCursor_NotImplemented if non-NULL.
5332 *
5333 * \returns The name of the completion parent, e.g., "NSObject" if
5334 * the completion string represents a method in the NSObject class.
5335 */
5336CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
5337clang_getCompletionParent(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5338 enum CXCursorKind *kind);
5339
5340/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005341 * Retrieve the brief documentation comment attached to the declaration
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005342 * that corresponds to the given completion string.
5343 */
5344CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
5345clang_getCompletionBriefComment(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5346
5347/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005348 * Retrieve a completion string for an arbitrary declaration or macro
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005349 * definition cursor.
5350 *
5351 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
5352 *
5353 * \returns A non-context-sensitive completion string for declaration and macro
5354 * definition cursors, or NULL for other kinds of cursors.
5355 */
5356CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
5357clang_getCursorCompletionString(CXCursor cursor);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005358
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005359/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005360 * Contains the results of code-completion.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005361 *
5362 * This data structure contains the results of code completion, as
5363 * produced by \c clang_codeCompleteAt(). Its contents must be freed by
5364 * \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults.
5365 */
5366typedef struct {
5367 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005368 * The code-completion results.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005369 */
5370 CXCompletionResult *Results;
5371
5372 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005373 * The number of code-completion results stored in the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005374 * \c Results array.
5375 */
5376 unsigned NumResults;
5377} CXCodeCompleteResults;
5378
5379/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005380 * Retrieve the number of fix-its for the given completion index.
5381 *
5382 * Calling this makes sense only if CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts
5383 * option was set.
5384 *
5385 * \param results The structure keeping all completion results
5386 *
5387 * \param completion_index The index of the completion
5388 *
5389 * \return The number of fix-its which must be applied before the completion at
5390 * completion_index can be applied
5391 */
5392CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5393clang_getCompletionNumFixIts(CXCodeCompleteResults *results,
5394 unsigned completion_index);
5395
5396/**
5397 * Fix-its that *must* be applied before inserting the text for the
5398 * corresponding completion.
5399 *
5400 * By default, clang_codeCompleteAt() only returns completions with empty
5401 * fix-its. Extra completions with non-empty fix-its should be explicitly
5402 * requested by setting CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts.
5403 *
5404 * For the clients to be able to compute position of the cursor after applying
5405 * fix-its, the following conditions are guaranteed to hold for
5406 * replacement_range of the stored fix-its:
5407 * - Ranges in the fix-its are guaranteed to never contain the completion
5408 * point (or identifier under completion point, if any) inside them, except
5409 * at the start or at the end of the range.
5410 * - If a fix-it range starts or ends with completion point (or starts or
5411 * ends after the identifier under completion point), it will contain at
5412 * least one character. It allows to unambiguously recompute completion
5413 * point after applying the fix-it.
5414 *
5415 * The intuition is that provided fix-its change code around the identifier we
5416 * complete, but are not allowed to touch the identifier itself or the
5417 * completion point. One example of completions with corrections are the ones
5418 * replacing '.' with '->' and vice versa:
5419 *
5420 * std::unique_ptr<std::vector<int>> vec_ptr;
5421 * In 'vec_ptr.^', one of the completions is 'push_back', it requires
5422 * replacing '.' with '->'.
5423 * In 'vec_ptr->^', one of the completions is 'release', it requires
5424 * replacing '->' with '.'.
5425 *
5426 * \param results The structure keeping all completion results
5427 *
5428 * \param completion_index The index of the completion
5429 *
5430 * \param fixit_index The index of the fix-it for the completion at
5431 * completion_index
5432 *
5433 * \param replacement_range The fix-it range that must be replaced before the
5434 * completion at completion_index can be applied
5435 *
5436 * \returns The fix-it string that must replace the code at replacement_range
5437 * before the completion at completion_index can be applied
5438 */
5439CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionFixIt(
5440 CXCodeCompleteResults *results, unsigned completion_index,
5441 unsigned fixit_index, CXSourceRange *replacement_range);
5442
5443/**
5444 * Flags that can be passed to \c clang_codeCompleteAt() to
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005445 * modify its behavior.
5446 *
5447 * The enumerators in this enumeration can be bitwise-OR'd together to
5448 * provide multiple options to \c clang_codeCompleteAt().
5449 */
5450enum CXCodeComplete_Flags {
5451 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005452 * Whether to include macros within the set of code
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005453 * completions returned.
5454 */
5455 CXCodeComplete_IncludeMacros = 0x01,
5456
5457 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005458 * Whether to include code patterns for language constructs
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005459 * within the set of code completions, e.g., for loops.
5460 */
5461 CXCodeComplete_IncludeCodePatterns = 0x02,
5462
5463 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005464 * Whether to include brief documentation within the set of code
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005465 * completions returned.
5466 */
5467 CXCodeComplete_IncludeBriefComments = 0x04,
5468
5469 /**
5470 * Whether to speed up completion by omitting top- or namespace-level entities
5471 * defined in the preamble. There's no guarantee any particular entity is
5472 * omitted. This may be useful if the headers are indexed externally.
5473 */
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005474 CXCodeComplete_SkipPreamble = 0x08,
5475
5476 /**
5477 * Whether to include completions with small
5478 * fix-its, e.g. change '.' to '->' on member access, etc.
5479 */
5480 CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts = 0x10
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005481};
5482
5483/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005484 * Bits that represent the context under which completion is occurring.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005485 *
5486 * The enumerators in this enumeration may be bitwise-OR'd together if multiple
5487 * contexts are occurring simultaneously.
5488 */
5489enum CXCompletionContext {
5490 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005491 * The context for completions is unexposed, as only Clang results
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005492 * should be included. (This is equivalent to having no context bits set.)
5493 */
5494 CXCompletionContext_Unexposed = 0,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005495
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005496 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005497 * Completions for any possible type should be included in the results.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005498 */
5499 CXCompletionContext_AnyType = 1 << 0,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005500
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005501 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005502 * Completions for any possible value (variables, function calls, etc.)
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005503 * should be included in the results.
5504 */
5505 CXCompletionContext_AnyValue = 1 << 1,
5506 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005507 * Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C object should
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005508 * be included in the results.
5509 */
5510 CXCompletionContext_ObjCObjectValue = 1 << 2,
5511 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005512 * Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C selector
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005513 * should be included in the results.
5514 */
5515 CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorValue = 1 << 3,
5516 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005517 * Completions for values that resolve to a C++ class type should be
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005518 * included in the results.
5519 */
5520 CXCompletionContext_CXXClassTypeValue = 1 << 4,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005521
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005522 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005523 * Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the dot
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005524 * operator should be included in the results.
5525 */
5526 CXCompletionContext_DotMemberAccess = 1 << 5,
5527 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005528 * Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the arrow
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005529 * operator should be included in the results.
5530 */
5531 CXCompletionContext_ArrowMemberAccess = 1 << 6,
5532 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005533 * Completions for properties of the Objective-C object being accessed
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005534 * using the dot operator should be included in the results.
5535 */
5536 CXCompletionContext_ObjCPropertyAccess = 1 << 7,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005537
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005538 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005539 * Completions for enum tags should be included in the results.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005540 */
5541 CXCompletionContext_EnumTag = 1 << 8,
5542 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005543 * Completions for union tags should be included in the results.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005544 */
5545 CXCompletionContext_UnionTag = 1 << 9,
5546 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005547 * Completions for struct tags should be included in the results.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005548 */
5549 CXCompletionContext_StructTag = 1 << 10,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005550
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005551 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005552 * Completions for C++ class names should be included in the results.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005553 */
5554 CXCompletionContext_ClassTag = 1 << 11,
5555 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005556 * Completions for C++ namespaces and namespace aliases should be
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005557 * included in the results.
5558 */
5559 CXCompletionContext_Namespace = 1 << 12,
5560 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005561 * Completions for C++ nested name specifiers should be included in
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005562 * the results.
5563 */
5564 CXCompletionContext_NestedNameSpecifier = 1 << 13,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005565
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005566 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005567 * Completions for Objective-C interfaces (classes) should be included
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005568 * in the results.
5569 */
5570 CXCompletionContext_ObjCInterface = 1 << 14,
5571 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005572 * Completions for Objective-C protocols should be included in
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005573 * the results.
5574 */
5575 CXCompletionContext_ObjCProtocol = 1 << 15,
5576 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005577 * Completions for Objective-C categories should be included in
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005578 * the results.
5579 */
5580 CXCompletionContext_ObjCCategory = 1 << 16,
5581 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005582 * Completions for Objective-C instance messages should be included
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005583 * in the results.
5584 */
5585 CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage = 1 << 17,
5586 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005587 * Completions for Objective-C class messages should be included in
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005588 * the results.
5589 */
5590 CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage = 1 << 18,
5591 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005592 * Completions for Objective-C selector names should be included in
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005593 * the results.
5594 */
5595 CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorName = 1 << 19,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005596
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005597 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005598 * Completions for preprocessor macro names should be included in
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005599 * the results.
5600 */
5601 CXCompletionContext_MacroName = 1 << 20,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005602
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005603 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005604 * Natural language completions should be included in the results.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005605 */
5606 CXCompletionContext_NaturalLanguage = 1 << 21,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005607
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005608 /**
Andrew Scull0372a572018-11-16 15:47:06 +00005609 * #include file completions should be included in the results.
5610 */
5611 CXCompletionContext_IncludedFile = 1 << 22,
5612
5613 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005614 * The current context is unknown, so set all contexts.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005615 */
Andrew Scull0372a572018-11-16 15:47:06 +00005616 CXCompletionContext_Unknown = ((1 << 23) - 1)
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005617};
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005618
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005619/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005620 * Returns a default set of code-completion options that can be
5621 * passed to\c clang_codeCompleteAt().
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005622 */
5623CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions(void);
5624
5625/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005626 * Perform code completion at a given location in a translation unit.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005627 *
5628 * This function performs code completion at a particular file, line, and
5629 * column within source code, providing results that suggest potential
5630 * code snippets based on the context of the completion. The basic model
5631 * for code completion is that Clang will parse a complete source file,
5632 * performing syntax checking up to the location where code-completion has
5633 * been requested. At that point, a special code-completion token is passed
5634 * to the parser, which recognizes this token and determines, based on the
5635 * current location in the C/Objective-C/C++ grammar and the state of
5636 * semantic analysis, what completions to provide. These completions are
5637 * returned via a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure.
5638 *
5639 * Code completion itself is meant to be triggered by the client when the
5640 * user types punctuation characters or whitespace, at which point the
5641 * code-completion location will coincide with the cursor. For example, if \c p
5642 * is a pointer, code-completion might be triggered after the "-" and then
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005643 * after the ">" in \c p->. When the code-completion location is after the ">",
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005644 * the completion results will provide, e.g., the members of the struct that
5645 * "p" points to. The client is responsible for placing the cursor at the
5646 * beginning of the token currently being typed, then filtering the results
5647 * based on the contents of the token. For example, when code-completing for
5648 * the expression \c p->get, the client should provide the location just after
5649 * the ">" (e.g., pointing at the "g") to this code-completion hook. Then, the
5650 * client can filter the results based on the current token text ("get"), only
5651 * showing those results that start with "get". The intent of this interface
5652 * is to separate the relatively high-latency acquisition of code-completion
5653 * results from the filtering of results on a per-character basis, which must
5654 * have a lower latency.
5655 *
5656 * \param TU The translation unit in which code-completion should
5657 * occur. The source files for this translation unit need not be
5658 * completely up-to-date (and the contents of those source files may
5659 * be overridden via \p unsaved_files). Cursors referring into the
5660 * translation unit may be invalidated by this invocation.
5661 *
5662 * \param complete_filename The name of the source file where code
5663 * completion should be performed. This filename may be any file
5664 * included in the translation unit.
5665 *
5666 * \param complete_line The line at which code-completion should occur.
5667 *
5668 * \param complete_column The column at which code-completion should occur.
5669 * Note that the column should point just after the syntactic construct that
5670 * initiated code completion, and not in the middle of a lexical token.
5671 *
5672 * \param unsaved_files the Files that have not yet been saved to disk
5673 * but may be required for parsing or code completion, including the
5674 * contents of those files. The contents and name of these files (as
5675 * specified by CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the
5676 * client only needs to guarantee their validity until the call to
5677 * this function returns.
5678 *
5679 * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
5680 * unsaved_files.
5681 *
5682 * \param options Extra options that control the behavior of code
5683 * completion, expressed as a bitwise OR of the enumerators of the
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005684 * CXCodeComplete_Flags enumeration. The
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005685 * \c clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions() function returns a default set
5686 * of code-completion options.
5687 *
5688 * \returns If successful, a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure
5689 * containing code-completion results, which should eventually be
5690 * freed with \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(). If code
5691 * completion fails, returns NULL.
5692 */
5693CINDEX_LINKAGE
5694CXCodeCompleteResults *clang_codeCompleteAt(CXTranslationUnit TU,
5695 const char *complete_filename,
5696 unsigned complete_line,
5697 unsigned complete_column,
5698 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
5699 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
5700 unsigned options);
5701
5702/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005703 * Sort the code-completion results in case-insensitive alphabetical
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005704 * order.
5705 *
5706 * \param Results The set of results to sort.
5707 * \param NumResults The number of results in \p Results.
5708 */
5709CINDEX_LINKAGE
5710void clang_sortCodeCompletionResults(CXCompletionResult *Results,
5711 unsigned NumResults);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005712
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005713/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005714 * Free the given set of code-completion results.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005715 */
5716CINDEX_LINKAGE
5717void clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005718
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005719/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005720 * Determine the number of diagnostics produced prior to the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005721 * location where code completion was performed.
5722 */
5723CINDEX_LINKAGE
5724unsigned clang_codeCompleteGetNumDiagnostics(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5725
5726/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005727 * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given code completion.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005728 *
5729 * \param Results the code completion results to query.
5730 * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
5731 *
5732 * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
5733 * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
5734 */
5735CINDEX_LINKAGE
5736CXDiagnostic clang_codeCompleteGetDiagnostic(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
5737 unsigned Index);
5738
5739/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005740 * Determines what completions are appropriate for the context
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005741 * the given code completion.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005742 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005743 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5744 *
5745 * \returns the kinds of completions that are appropriate for use
5746 * along with the given code completion results.
5747 */
5748CINDEX_LINKAGE
5749unsigned long long clang_codeCompleteGetContexts(
5750 CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5751
5752/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005753 * Returns the cursor kind for the container for the current code
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005754 * completion context. The container is only guaranteed to be set for
5755 * contexts where a container exists (i.e. member accesses or Objective-C
5756 * message sends); if there is not a container, this function will return
5757 * CXCursor_InvalidCode.
5758 *
5759 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5760 *
5761 * \param IsIncomplete on return, this value will be false if Clang has complete
5762 * information about the container. If Clang does not have complete
5763 * information, this value will be true.
5764 *
5765 * \returns the container kind, or CXCursor_InvalidCode if there is not a
5766 * container
5767 */
5768CINDEX_LINKAGE
5769enum CXCursorKind clang_codeCompleteGetContainerKind(
5770 CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
5771 unsigned *IsIncomplete);
5772
5773/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005774 * Returns the USR for the container for the current code completion
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005775 * context. If there is not a container for the current context, this
5776 * function will return the empty string.
5777 *
5778 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5779 *
5780 * \returns the USR for the container
5781 */
5782CINDEX_LINKAGE
5783CXString clang_codeCompleteGetContainerUSR(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5784
5785/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005786 * Returns the currently-entered selector for an Objective-C message
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005787 * send, formatted like "initWithFoo:bar:". Only guaranteed to return a
5788 * non-empty string for CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage and
5789 * CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage.
5790 *
5791 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5792 *
5793 * \returns the selector (or partial selector) that has been entered thus far
5794 * for an Objective-C message send.
5795 */
5796CINDEX_LINKAGE
5797CXString clang_codeCompleteGetObjCSelector(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005798
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005799/**
5800 * @}
5801 */
5802
5803/**
5804 * \defgroup CINDEX_MISC Miscellaneous utility functions
5805 *
5806 * @{
5807 */
5808
5809/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005810 * Return a version string, suitable for showing to a user, but not
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005811 * intended to be parsed (the format is not guaranteed to be stable).
5812 */
5813CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getClangVersion(void);
5814
5815/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005816 * Enable/disable crash recovery.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005817 *
5818 * \param isEnabled Flag to indicate if crash recovery is enabled. A non-zero
5819 * value enables crash recovery, while 0 disables it.
5820 */
5821CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005822
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005823 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005824 * Visitor invoked for each file in a translation unit
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005825 * (used with clang_getInclusions()).
5826 *
5827 * This visitor function will be invoked by clang_getInclusions() for each
5828 * file included (either at the top-level or by \#include directives) within
5829 * a translation unit. The first argument is the file being included, and
5830 * the second and third arguments provide the inclusion stack. The
5831 * array is sorted in order of immediate inclusion. For example,
5832 * the first element refers to the location that included 'included_file'.
5833 */
5834typedef void (*CXInclusionVisitor)(CXFile included_file,
5835 CXSourceLocation* inclusion_stack,
5836 unsigned include_len,
5837 CXClientData client_data);
5838
5839/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005840 * Visit the set of preprocessor inclusions in a translation unit.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005841 * The visitor function is called with the provided data for every included
5842 * file. This does not include headers included by the PCH file (unless one
5843 * is inspecting the inclusions in the PCH file itself).
5844 */
5845CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInclusions(CXTranslationUnit tu,
5846 CXInclusionVisitor visitor,
5847 CXClientData client_data);
5848
5849typedef enum {
5850 CXEval_Int = 1 ,
5851 CXEval_Float = 2,
5852 CXEval_ObjCStrLiteral = 3,
5853 CXEval_StrLiteral = 4,
5854 CXEval_CFStr = 5,
5855 CXEval_Other = 6,
5856
5857 CXEval_UnExposed = 0
5858
5859} CXEvalResultKind ;
5860
5861/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005862 * Evaluation result of a cursor
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005863 */
5864typedef void * CXEvalResult;
5865
5866/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005867 * If cursor is a statement declaration tries to evaluate the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005868 * statement and if its variable, tries to evaluate its initializer,
5869 * into its corresponding type.
5870 */
5871CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResult clang_Cursor_Evaluate(CXCursor C);
5872
5873/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005874 * Returns the kind of the evaluated result.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005875 */
5876CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResultKind clang_EvalResult_getKind(CXEvalResult E);
5877
5878/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005879 * Returns the evaluation result as integer if the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005880 * kind is Int.
5881 */
5882CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_EvalResult_getAsInt(CXEvalResult E);
5883
5884/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005885 * Returns the evaluation result as a long long integer if the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005886 * kind is Int. This prevents overflows that may happen if the result is
5887 * returned with clang_EvalResult_getAsInt.
5888 */
5889CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_EvalResult_getAsLongLong(CXEvalResult E);
5890
5891/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005892 * Returns a non-zero value if the kind is Int and the evaluation
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005893 * result resulted in an unsigned integer.
5894 */
5895CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt(CXEvalResult E);
5896
5897/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005898 * Returns the evaluation result as an unsigned integer if
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005899 * the kind is Int and clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt is non-zero.
5900 */
5901CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_EvalResult_getAsUnsigned(CXEvalResult E);
5902
5903/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005904 * Returns the evaluation result as double if the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005905 * kind is double.
5906 */
5907CINDEX_LINKAGE double clang_EvalResult_getAsDouble(CXEvalResult E);
5908
5909/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005910 * Returns the evaluation result as a constant string if the
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005911 * kind is other than Int or float. User must not free this pointer,
5912 * instead call clang_EvalResult_dispose on the CXEvalResult returned
5913 * by clang_Cursor_Evaluate.
5914 */
5915CINDEX_LINKAGE const char* clang_EvalResult_getAsStr(CXEvalResult E);
5916
5917/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005918 * Disposes the created Eval memory.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005919 */
5920CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_EvalResult_dispose(CXEvalResult E);
5921/**
5922 * @}
5923 */
5924
5925/** \defgroup CINDEX_REMAPPING Remapping functions
5926 *
5927 * @{
5928 */
5929
5930/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005931 * A remapping of original source files and their translated files.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005932 */
5933typedef void *CXRemapping;
5934
5935/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005936 * Retrieve a remapping.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005937 *
5938 * \param path the path that contains metadata about remappings.
5939 *
5940 * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
5941 * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
5942 */
5943CINDEX_LINKAGE CXRemapping clang_getRemappings(const char *path);
5944
5945/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005946 * Retrieve a remapping.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005947 *
5948 * \param filePaths pointer to an array of file paths containing remapping info.
5949 *
5950 * \param numFiles number of file paths.
5951 *
5952 * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
5953 * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
5954 */
5955CINDEX_LINKAGE
5956CXRemapping clang_getRemappingsFromFileList(const char **filePaths,
5957 unsigned numFiles);
5958
5959/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005960 * Determine the number of remappings.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005961 */
5962CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_remap_getNumFiles(CXRemapping);
5963
5964/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005965 * Get the original and the associated filename from the remapping.
5966 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005967 * \param original If non-NULL, will be set to the original filename.
5968 *
5969 * \param transformed If non-NULL, will be set to the filename that the original
5970 * is associated with.
5971 */
5972CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_getFilenames(CXRemapping, unsigned index,
5973 CXString *original, CXString *transformed);
5974
5975/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01005976 * Dispose the remapping.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01005977 */
5978CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_dispose(CXRemapping);
5979
5980/**
5981 * @}
5982 */
5983
5984/** \defgroup CINDEX_HIGH Higher level API functions
5985 *
5986 * @{
5987 */
5988
5989enum CXVisitorResult {
5990 CXVisit_Break,
5991 CXVisit_Continue
5992};
5993
5994typedef struct CXCursorAndRangeVisitor {
5995 void *context;
5996 enum CXVisitorResult (*visit)(void *context, CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
5997} CXCursorAndRangeVisitor;
5998
5999typedef enum {
6000 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006001 * Function returned successfully.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006002 */
6003 CXResult_Success = 0,
6004 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006005 * One of the parameters was invalid for the function.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006006 */
6007 CXResult_Invalid = 1,
6008 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006009 * The function was terminated by a callback (e.g. it returned
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006010 * CXVisit_Break)
6011 */
6012 CXResult_VisitBreak = 2
6013
6014} CXResult;
6015
6016/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006017 * Find references of a declaration in a specific file.
6018 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006019 * \param cursor pointing to a declaration or a reference of one.
6020 *
6021 * \param file to search for references.
6022 *
6023 * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
6024 * each reference found.
6025 * The CXSourceRange will point inside the file; if the reference is inside
6026 * a macro (and not a macro argument) the CXSourceRange will be invalid.
6027 *
6028 * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
6029 */
6030CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findReferencesInFile(CXCursor cursor, CXFile file,
6031 CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
6032
6033/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006034 * Find #import/#include directives in a specific file.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006035 *
6036 * \param TU translation unit containing the file to query.
6037 *
6038 * \param file to search for #import/#include directives.
6039 *
6040 * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
6041 * each directive found.
6042 *
6043 * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
6044 */
6045CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findIncludesInFile(CXTranslationUnit TU,
6046 CXFile file,
6047 CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
6048
6049#ifdef __has_feature
6050# if __has_feature(blocks)
6051
6052typedef enum CXVisitorResult
6053 (^CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock)(CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
6054
6055CINDEX_LINKAGE
6056CXResult clang_findReferencesInFileWithBlock(CXCursor, CXFile,
6057 CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
6058
6059CINDEX_LINKAGE
6060CXResult clang_findIncludesInFileWithBlock(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile,
6061 CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
6062
6063# endif
6064#endif
6065
6066/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006067 * The client's data object that is associated with a CXFile.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006068 */
6069typedef void *CXIdxClientFile;
6070
6071/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006072 * The client's data object that is associated with a semantic entity.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006073 */
6074typedef void *CXIdxClientEntity;
6075
6076/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006077 * The client's data object that is associated with a semantic container
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006078 * of entities.
6079 */
6080typedef void *CXIdxClientContainer;
6081
6082/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006083 * The client's data object that is associated with an AST file (PCH
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006084 * or module).
6085 */
6086typedef void *CXIdxClientASTFile;
6087
6088/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006089 * Source location passed to index callbacks.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006090 */
6091typedef struct {
6092 void *ptr_data[2];
6093 unsigned int_data;
6094} CXIdxLoc;
6095
6096/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006097 * Data for ppIncludedFile callback.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006098 */
6099typedef struct {
6100 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006101 * Location of '#' in the \#include/\#import directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006102 */
6103 CXIdxLoc hashLoc;
6104 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006105 * Filename as written in the \#include/\#import directive.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006106 */
6107 const char *filename;
6108 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006109 * The actual file that the \#include/\#import directive resolved to.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006110 */
6111 CXFile file;
6112 int isImport;
6113 int isAngled;
6114 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006115 * Non-zero if the directive was automatically turned into a module
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006116 * import.
6117 */
6118 int isModuleImport;
6119} CXIdxIncludedFileInfo;
6120
6121/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006122 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#importedASTFile.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006123 */
6124typedef struct {
6125 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006126 * Top level AST file containing the imported PCH, module or submodule.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006127 */
6128 CXFile file;
6129 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006130 * The imported module or NULL if the AST file is a PCH.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006131 */
6132 CXModule module;
6133 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006134 * Location where the file is imported. Applicable only for modules.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006135 */
6136 CXIdxLoc loc;
6137 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006138 * Non-zero if an inclusion directive was automatically turned into
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006139 * a module import. Applicable only for modules.
6140 */
6141 int isImplicit;
6142
6143} CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo;
6144
6145typedef enum {
6146 CXIdxEntity_Unexposed = 0,
6147 CXIdxEntity_Typedef = 1,
6148 CXIdxEntity_Function = 2,
6149 CXIdxEntity_Variable = 3,
6150 CXIdxEntity_Field = 4,
6151 CXIdxEntity_EnumConstant = 5,
6152
6153 CXIdxEntity_ObjCClass = 6,
6154 CXIdxEntity_ObjCProtocol = 7,
6155 CXIdxEntity_ObjCCategory = 8,
6156
6157 CXIdxEntity_ObjCInstanceMethod = 9,
6158 CXIdxEntity_ObjCClassMethod = 10,
6159 CXIdxEntity_ObjCProperty = 11,
6160 CXIdxEntity_ObjCIvar = 12,
6161
6162 CXIdxEntity_Enum = 13,
6163 CXIdxEntity_Struct = 14,
6164 CXIdxEntity_Union = 15,
6165
6166 CXIdxEntity_CXXClass = 16,
6167 CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespace = 17,
6168 CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespaceAlias = 18,
6169 CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticVariable = 19,
6170 CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod = 20,
6171 CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod = 21,
6172 CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor = 22,
6173 CXIdxEntity_CXXDestructor = 23,
6174 CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction = 24,
6175 CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias = 25,
6176 CXIdxEntity_CXXInterface = 26
6177
6178} CXIdxEntityKind;
6179
6180typedef enum {
6181 CXIdxEntityLang_None = 0,
6182 CXIdxEntityLang_C = 1,
6183 CXIdxEntityLang_ObjC = 2,
6184 CXIdxEntityLang_CXX = 3,
6185 CXIdxEntityLang_Swift = 4
6186} CXIdxEntityLanguage;
6187
6188/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006189 * Extra C++ template information for an entity. This can apply to:
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006190 * CXIdxEntity_Function
6191 * CXIdxEntity_CXXClass
6192 * CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod
6193 * CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod
6194 * CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor
6195 * CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction
6196 * CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias
6197 */
6198typedef enum {
6199 CXIdxEntity_NonTemplate = 0,
6200 CXIdxEntity_Template = 1,
6201 CXIdxEntity_TemplatePartialSpecialization = 2,
6202 CXIdxEntity_TemplateSpecialization = 3
6203} CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind;
6204
6205typedef enum {
6206 CXIdxAttr_Unexposed = 0,
6207 CXIdxAttr_IBAction = 1,
6208 CXIdxAttr_IBOutlet = 2,
6209 CXIdxAttr_IBOutletCollection = 3
6210} CXIdxAttrKind;
6211
6212typedef struct {
6213 CXIdxAttrKind kind;
6214 CXCursor cursor;
6215 CXIdxLoc loc;
6216} CXIdxAttrInfo;
6217
6218typedef struct {
6219 CXIdxEntityKind kind;
6220 CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind templateKind;
6221 CXIdxEntityLanguage lang;
6222 const char *name;
6223 const char *USR;
6224 CXCursor cursor;
6225 const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
6226 unsigned numAttributes;
6227} CXIdxEntityInfo;
6228
6229typedef struct {
6230 CXCursor cursor;
6231} CXIdxContainerInfo;
6232
6233typedef struct {
6234 const CXIdxAttrInfo *attrInfo;
6235 const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
6236 CXCursor classCursor;
6237 CXIdxLoc classLoc;
6238} CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo;
6239
6240typedef enum {
6241 CXIdxDeclFlag_Skipped = 0x1
6242} CXIdxDeclInfoFlags;
6243
6244typedef struct {
6245 const CXIdxEntityInfo *entityInfo;
6246 CXCursor cursor;
6247 CXIdxLoc loc;
6248 const CXIdxContainerInfo *semanticContainer;
6249 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006250 * Generally same as #semanticContainer but can be different in
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006251 * cases like out-of-line C++ member functions.
6252 */
6253 const CXIdxContainerInfo *lexicalContainer;
6254 int isRedeclaration;
6255 int isDefinition;
6256 int isContainer;
6257 const CXIdxContainerInfo *declAsContainer;
6258 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006259 * Whether the declaration exists in code or was created implicitly
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006260 * by the compiler, e.g. implicit Objective-C methods for properties.
6261 */
6262 int isImplicit;
6263 const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
6264 unsigned numAttributes;
6265
6266 unsigned flags;
6267
6268} CXIdxDeclInfo;
6269
6270typedef enum {
6271 CXIdxObjCContainer_ForwardRef = 0,
6272 CXIdxObjCContainer_Interface = 1,
6273 CXIdxObjCContainer_Implementation = 2
6274} CXIdxObjCContainerKind;
6275
6276typedef struct {
6277 const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
6278 CXIdxObjCContainerKind kind;
6279} CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo;
6280
6281typedef struct {
6282 const CXIdxEntityInfo *base;
6283 CXCursor cursor;
6284 CXIdxLoc loc;
6285} CXIdxBaseClassInfo;
6286
6287typedef struct {
6288 const CXIdxEntityInfo *protocol;
6289 CXCursor cursor;
6290 CXIdxLoc loc;
6291} CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo;
6292
6293typedef struct {
6294 const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo *const *protocols;
6295 unsigned numProtocols;
6296} CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo;
6297
6298typedef struct {
6299 const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
6300 const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *superInfo;
6301 const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
6302} CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo;
6303
6304typedef struct {
6305 const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
6306 const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
6307 CXCursor classCursor;
6308 CXIdxLoc classLoc;
6309 const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
6310} CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo;
6311
6312typedef struct {
6313 const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
6314 const CXIdxEntityInfo *getter;
6315 const CXIdxEntityInfo *setter;
6316} CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo;
6317
6318typedef struct {
6319 const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
6320 const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *const *bases;
6321 unsigned numBases;
6322} CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo;
6323
6324/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006325 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006326 *
6327 * This may be deprecated in a future version as this duplicates
6328 * the \c CXSymbolRole_Implicit bit in \c CXSymbolRole.
6329 */
6330typedef enum {
6331 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006332 * The entity is referenced directly in user's code.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006333 */
6334 CXIdxEntityRef_Direct = 1,
6335 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006336 * An implicit reference, e.g. a reference of an Objective-C method
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006337 * via the dot syntax.
6338 */
6339 CXIdxEntityRef_Implicit = 2
6340} CXIdxEntityRefKind;
6341
6342/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006343 * Roles that are attributed to symbol occurrences.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006344 *
6345 * Internal: this currently mirrors low 9 bits of clang::index::SymbolRole with
6346 * higher bits zeroed. These high bits may be exposed in the future.
6347 */
6348typedef enum {
6349 CXSymbolRole_None = 0,
6350 CXSymbolRole_Declaration = 1 << 0,
6351 CXSymbolRole_Definition = 1 << 1,
6352 CXSymbolRole_Reference = 1 << 2,
6353 CXSymbolRole_Read = 1 << 3,
6354 CXSymbolRole_Write = 1 << 4,
6355 CXSymbolRole_Call = 1 << 5,
6356 CXSymbolRole_Dynamic = 1 << 6,
6357 CXSymbolRole_AddressOf = 1 << 7,
6358 CXSymbolRole_Implicit = 1 << 8
6359} CXSymbolRole;
6360
6361/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006362 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006363 */
6364typedef struct {
6365 CXIdxEntityRefKind kind;
6366 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006367 * Reference cursor.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006368 */
6369 CXCursor cursor;
6370 CXIdxLoc loc;
6371 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006372 * The entity that gets referenced.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006373 */
6374 const CXIdxEntityInfo *referencedEntity;
6375 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006376 * Immediate "parent" of the reference. For example:
6377 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006378 * \code
6379 * Foo *var;
6380 * \endcode
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006381 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006382 * The parent of reference of type 'Foo' is the variable 'var'.
6383 * For references inside statement bodies of functions/methods,
6384 * the parentEntity will be the function/method.
6385 */
6386 const CXIdxEntityInfo *parentEntity;
6387 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006388 * Lexical container context of the reference.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006389 */
6390 const CXIdxContainerInfo *container;
6391 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006392 * Sets of symbol roles of the reference.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006393 */
6394 CXSymbolRole role;
6395} CXIdxEntityRefInfo;
6396
6397/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006398 * A group of callbacks used by #clang_indexSourceFile and
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006399 * #clang_indexTranslationUnit.
6400 */
6401typedef struct {
6402 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006403 * Called periodically to check whether indexing should be aborted.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006404 * Should return 0 to continue, and non-zero to abort.
6405 */
6406 int (*abortQuery)(CXClientData client_data, void *reserved);
6407
6408 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006409 * Called at the end of indexing; passes the complete diagnostic set.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006410 */
6411 void (*diagnostic)(CXClientData client_data,
6412 CXDiagnosticSet, void *reserved);
6413
6414 CXIdxClientFile (*enteredMainFile)(CXClientData client_data,
6415 CXFile mainFile, void *reserved);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006416
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006417 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006418 * Called when a file gets \#included/\#imported.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006419 */
6420 CXIdxClientFile (*ppIncludedFile)(CXClientData client_data,
6421 const CXIdxIncludedFileInfo *);
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006422
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006423 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006424 * Called when a AST file (PCH or module) gets imported.
6425 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006426 * AST files will not get indexed (there will not be callbacks to index all
6427 * the entities in an AST file). The recommended action is that, if the AST
6428 * file is not already indexed, to initiate a new indexing job specific to
6429 * the AST file.
6430 */
6431 CXIdxClientASTFile (*importedASTFile)(CXClientData client_data,
6432 const CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo *);
6433
6434 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006435 * Called at the beginning of indexing a translation unit.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006436 */
6437 CXIdxClientContainer (*startedTranslationUnit)(CXClientData client_data,
6438 void *reserved);
6439
6440 void (*indexDeclaration)(CXClientData client_data,
6441 const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6442
6443 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006444 * Called to index a reference of an entity.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006445 */
6446 void (*indexEntityReference)(CXClientData client_data,
6447 const CXIdxEntityRefInfo *);
6448
6449} IndexerCallbacks;
6450
6451CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_index_isEntityObjCContainerKind(CXIdxEntityKind);
6452CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *
6453clang_index_getObjCContainerDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6454
6455CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo *
6456clang_index_getObjCInterfaceDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6457
6458CINDEX_LINKAGE
6459const CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo *
6460clang_index_getObjCCategoryDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6461
6462CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *
6463clang_index_getObjCProtocolRefListInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6464
6465CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo *
6466clang_index_getObjCPropertyDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6467
6468CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo *
6469clang_index_getIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo(const CXIdxAttrInfo *);
6470
6471CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo *
6472clang_index_getCXXClassDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6473
6474/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006475 * For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006476 * container.
6477 */
6478CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientContainer
6479clang_index_getClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *);
6480
6481/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006482 * For setting a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006483 * container.
6484 */
6485CINDEX_LINKAGE void
6486clang_index_setClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *,CXIdxClientContainer);
6487
6488/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006489 * For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006490 */
6491CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientEntity
6492clang_index_getClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *);
6493
6494/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006495 * For setting a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006496 */
6497CINDEX_LINKAGE void
6498clang_index_setClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *, CXIdxClientEntity);
6499
6500/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006501 * An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006502 * translation units.
6503 */
6504typedef void *CXIndexAction;
6505
6506/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006507 * An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006508 * translation units.
6509 *
6510 * \param CIdx The index object with which the index action will be associated.
6511 */
6512CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndexAction clang_IndexAction_create(CXIndex CIdx);
6513
6514/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006515 * Destroy the given index action.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006516 *
6517 * The index action must not be destroyed until all of the translation units
6518 * created within that index action have been destroyed.
6519 */
6520CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_IndexAction_dispose(CXIndexAction);
6521
6522typedef enum {
6523 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006524 * Used to indicate that no special indexing options are needed.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006525 */
6526 CXIndexOpt_None = 0x0,
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006527
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006528 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006529 * Used to indicate that IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference should
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006530 * be invoked for only one reference of an entity per source file that does
6531 * not also include a declaration/definition of the entity.
6532 */
6533 CXIndexOpt_SuppressRedundantRefs = 0x1,
6534
6535 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006536 * Function-local symbols should be indexed. If this is not set
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006537 * function-local symbols will be ignored.
6538 */
6539 CXIndexOpt_IndexFunctionLocalSymbols = 0x2,
6540
6541 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006542 * Implicit function/class template instantiations should be indexed.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006543 * If this is not set, implicit instantiations will be ignored.
6544 */
6545 CXIndexOpt_IndexImplicitTemplateInstantiations = 0x4,
6546
6547 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006548 * Suppress all compiler warnings when parsing for indexing.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006549 */
6550 CXIndexOpt_SuppressWarnings = 0x8,
6551
6552 /**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006553 * Skip a function/method body that was already parsed during an
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006554 * indexing session associated with a \c CXIndexAction object.
6555 * Bodies in system headers are always skipped.
6556 */
6557 CXIndexOpt_SkipParsedBodiesInSession = 0x10
6558
6559} CXIndexOptFlags;
6560
6561/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006562 * Index the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006563 * to that file via callbacks implemented through #IndexerCallbacks.
6564 *
6565 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6566 * be passed to the invoked callbacks.
6567 *
6568 * \param index_callbacks Pointer to indexing callbacks that the client
6569 * implements.
6570 *
6571 * \param index_callbacks_size Size of #IndexerCallbacks structure that gets
6572 * passed in index_callbacks.
6573 *
6574 * \param index_options A bitmask of options that affects how indexing is
6575 * performed. This should be a bitwise OR of the CXIndexOpt_XXX flags.
6576 *
6577 * \param[out] out_TU pointer to store a \c CXTranslationUnit that can be
6578 * reused after indexing is finished. Set to \c NULL if you do not require it.
6579 *
6580 * \returns 0 on success or if there were errors from which the compiler could
6581 * recover. If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
6582 * a non-zero \c CXErrorCode.
6583 *
6584 * The rest of the parameters are the same as #clang_parseTranslationUnit.
6585 */
6586CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFile(CXIndexAction,
6587 CXClientData client_data,
6588 IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6589 unsigned index_callbacks_size,
6590 unsigned index_options,
6591 const char *source_filename,
6592 const char * const *command_line_args,
6593 int num_command_line_args,
6594 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
6595 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
6596 CXTranslationUnit *out_TU,
6597 unsigned TU_options);
6598
6599/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006600 * Same as clang_indexSourceFile but requires a full command line
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006601 * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
6602 * library paths are relative to the binary.
6603 */
6604CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFileFullArgv(
6605 CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6606 unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options,
6607 const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args,
6608 int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
6609 unsigned num_unsaved_files, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU, unsigned TU_options);
6610
6611/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006612 * Index the given translation unit via callbacks implemented through
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006613 * #IndexerCallbacks.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006614 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006615 * The order of callback invocations is not guaranteed to be the same as
6616 * when indexing a source file. The high level order will be:
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006617 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006618 * -Preprocessor callbacks invocations
6619 * -Declaration/reference callbacks invocations
6620 * -Diagnostic callback invocations
6621 *
6622 * The parameters are the same as #clang_indexSourceFile.
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006623 *
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006624 * \returns If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
6625 * non-zero, otherwise returns 0.
6626 */
6627CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexTranslationUnit(CXIndexAction,
6628 CXClientData client_data,
6629 IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6630 unsigned index_callbacks_size,
6631 unsigned index_options,
6632 CXTranslationUnit);
6633
6634/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006635 * Retrieve the CXIdxFile, file, line, column, and offset represented by
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006636 * the given CXIdxLoc.
6637 *
6638 * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
6639 * location of the macro expansion and if it refers into a macro argument
6640 * retrieves the location of the argument.
6641 */
6642CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_indexLoc_getFileLocation(CXIdxLoc loc,
6643 CXIdxClientFile *indexFile,
6644 CXFile *file,
6645 unsigned *line,
6646 unsigned *column,
6647 unsigned *offset);
6648
6649/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006650 * Retrieve the CXSourceLocation represented by the given CXIdxLoc.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006651 */
6652CINDEX_LINKAGE
6653CXSourceLocation clang_indexLoc_getCXSourceLocation(CXIdxLoc loc);
6654
6655/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006656 * Visitor invoked for each field found by a traversal.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006657 *
6658 * This visitor function will be invoked for each field found by
6659 * \c clang_Type_visitFields. Its first argument is the cursor being
6660 * visited, its second argument is the client data provided to
6661 * \c clang_Type_visitFields.
6662 *
6663 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXVisitorResult values
6664 * to direct \c clang_Type_visitFields.
6665 */
6666typedef enum CXVisitorResult (*CXFieldVisitor)(CXCursor C,
6667 CXClientData client_data);
6668
6669/**
Andrew Scullcdfcccc2018-10-05 20:58:37 +01006670 * Visit the fields of a particular type.
Andrew Scull5e1ddfa2018-08-14 10:06:54 +01006671 *
6672 * This function visits all the direct fields of the given cursor,
6673 * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
6674 * visited field. The traversal may be ended prematurely, if
6675 * the visitor returns \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6676 *
6677 * \param T the record type whose field may be visited.
6678 *
6679 * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
6680 * field of \p T.
6681 *
6682 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6683 * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
6684 *
6685 * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
6686 * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6687 */
6688CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_visitFields(CXType T,
6689 CXFieldVisitor visitor,
6690 CXClientData client_data);
6691
6692/**
6693 * @}
6694 */
6695
6696/**
6697 * @}
6698 */
6699
6700#ifdef __cplusplus
6701}
6702#endif
6703#endif